ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

B ENGINE

EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C

E
CONTENTS
QR (WITH EURO-OBD) DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 61 F
Fail-safe Chart ........................................................ 62
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 12 Basic Inspection ..................................................... 64
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 12 Symptom Matrix Chart ............................................ 69 G
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 14 Engine Control Component Parts Location ............ 73
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 16 Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 77
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............. 79
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- H
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................... 79
SIONER ................................................................ 16 CONSULT-II Function ............................................. 86
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................... 96
A/T .......................................................................... 16 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor ....... 97 I
Precaution .............................................................. 16 Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 19 Mode ..................................................................... 100
PREPARATION ......................................................... 20 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 103 J
Special Service Tools ............................................. 20 Description ............................................................ 103
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 20 Testing Condition .................................................. 103
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 22 Inspection Procedure ............................................ 103
System Diagram ..................................................... 22 K
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 104
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 23 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
System Chart ......................................................... 24 DENT ....................................................................... 107
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 24 Description ............................................................ 107 L
Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................... 27 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 107
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 27 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ................... 108
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 108 M
Speed) .................................................................... 28 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 109
CAN communication .............................................. 28 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 109
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 30 Component Inspection .......................................... 113
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 30 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 114
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................ 31 Description ............................................................ 114
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ...... 31 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 114
Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 31 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 114
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 34 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 115
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 36 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 116
Introduction ............................................................ 36 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ..................................... 117
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 36 Description ............................................................ 117
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 37 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ........................... 48 . 117
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................... 48 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 117
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 51 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 118
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 57
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 57

EC-1
 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 118 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 149
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 119 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 150
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER ..................... 120 Component Inspection .......................................... 152
Description ............................................................ 120 Remove and Installation ....................................... 153
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode DTC P0121 APP SENSOR ...................................... 154
. 120 Component Description ........................................ 154
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 120 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 121 .154
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 121 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 154
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 122 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 155
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 123 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 155
Component Inspection .......................................... 124 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 156
Removal and Installation ...................................... 124 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 157
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER ..................... 125 Component Inspection .......................................... 159
Description ............................................................ 125 Remove and Installation ....................................... 159
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode DTC P0132 HO2S1 ................................................. 160
. 125 Component Description ........................................ 160
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 125 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 125 .160
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 126 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 160
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 127 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 161
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 128 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 161
Component Inspection .......................................... 129 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 162
Removal and Installation ...................................... 129 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 163
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 130 Component Inspection .......................................... 164
Component Description ........................................ 130 Removal and Installation ....................................... 165
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode DTC P0133 HO2S1 ................................................. 166
. 130 Component Description ........................................ 166
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 130 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 131 .166
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 131 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 166
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 132 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 167
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 133 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 167
Component Inspection .......................................... 135 Overall Function Check ......................................... 168
Removal and Installation ...................................... 135 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 169
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ........................... 136 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 170
Component Description ........................................ 136 Component Inspection .......................................... 172
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 136 Removal and Installation ....................................... 173
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 136 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 174
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 138 Component Description ........................................ 174
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 139 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
Component Inspection .......................................... 140 .174
Removal and Installation ...................................... 140 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 174
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 141 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 175
Component Description ........................................ 141 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 175
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 141 Overall Function Check ......................................... 176
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 142 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 177
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 143 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 178
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 144 Component Inspection .......................................... 179
Component Inspection .......................................... 145 Removal and Installation ....................................... 180
Removal and Installation ...................................... 145 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ................................................. 181
DTC P0120 TP SENSOR ........................................ 146 Component Description ........................................ 181
Component Description ........................................ 146 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode .181
. 146 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 181
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 146 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 181
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 147 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 182
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 147 Overall Function Check ......................................... 182

EC-2
 Wiring Diagram .................................................... 183 Component Inspection .......................................... 228
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 184 Removal and Installation ...................................... 228 A
Component Inspection ......................................... 185 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION . 229
Removal and Installation ...................................... 186 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 229
DTC P0139 HO2S2 ................................................. 187 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 229 EC
Component Description ........................................ 187 Overall Function Check ........................................ 230
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 231
. 187 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOL-
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 187 UME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 233 C
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 187 Description ............................................................ 233
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 188 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
Overall Function Check ........................................ 189 . 233 D
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 190 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 233
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 191 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 234
Component Inspection ......................................... 192 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 234 E
Removal and Installation ...................................... 193 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 235
DTC P0171 FUELINJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 194 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 236
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 194 Component Inspection .......................................... 237
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 194 Removal and Installation ...................................... 238 F
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 196 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 239
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 197 Component Description ........................................ 239
DTC P0172 FUELINJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION. 200 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 239 G
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 200 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 239
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 200 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 239
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 202 Overall Function Check ........................................ 240 H
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 203 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 241
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS- Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 243
FIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ..................... 206 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ..................................... 244
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 206 Component Description ........................................ 244
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 206 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 207 . 244
DTC P0327, P0328 KS ........................................... 212 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 244 J
Component Description ........................................ 212 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 244
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 212 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 244
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 212 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 246 K
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 212 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 247
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 214 Component Inspection .......................................... 248
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 215 DTC P0605 ECM ..................................................... 249
L
Component Inspection ......................................... 216 Component Description ........................................ 249
Removal and Installation ...................................... 216 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 249
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 217 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 249
Component Description ........................................ 217 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 251 M
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC P0650 MI ......................................................... 252
. 217 Component Description ........................................ 252
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 217 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 252
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 218 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 252
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 218 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 253
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 219 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 254
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 220 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 256
Component Inspection ......................................... 221 Component Description ........................................ 256
Removal and Installation ...................................... 222 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 256
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 223 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 256
Component Description ........................................ 223 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 257
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 223 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 258
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 223 DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR ..................................... 260
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 224 Component Description ........................................ 260
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 225 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 226 . 260

EC-3
 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 260 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 290
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 261 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 291
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 261 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 291
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 262 Overall Function Check ......................................... 292
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 263 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 292
Component Inspection .......................................... 264 Component Inspection .......................................... 294
Removal and Installation ...................................... 265 Removal and Installation ....................................... 295
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..... 266 DTC P1146 HO2S2 .................................................. 296
Component Description ........................................ 266 Component Description ........................................ 296
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
. 266 .296
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 266 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 296
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 266 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 296
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 267 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 297
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 268 Overall Function Check ......................................... 298
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 269 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 299
Component Inspection .......................................... 270 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 300
Removal and Installation ...................................... 270 Component Inspection .......................................... 301
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Removal and Installation ....................................... 302
ACTUATOR ............................................................. 271 DTC P1147 HO2S2 .................................................. 303
Description ............................................................ 271 Component Description ........................................ 303
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 271 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 271 .303
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 272 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 303
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 303
FUNCTION .............................................................. 273 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 304
Description ............................................................ 273 Overall Function Check ......................................... 305
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 273 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 306
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 273 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 307
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 274 Component Inspection .......................................... 308
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 275 Removal and Installation ....................................... 309
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 276 DTC P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS COMMUNICATION
Component Inspection .......................................... 277 LINE ......................................................................... 310
DTCP1123 THROTTLE CONTROLMOTORRELAY. 279 Description ............................................................ 310
Component Description ........................................ 279 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 310
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 310
. 279 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 310
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 279 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 311
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 279 System Description ............................................... 311
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 279 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 281 . 311
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 282 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 312
Component Inspection .......................................... 283 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 312
DTC P1143 HO2S1 ................................................. 284 Overall Function Check ......................................... 312
Component Description ........................................ 284 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 315
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 316
. 284 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 323
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 284 Component Inspection .......................................... 324
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 285 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 325
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 285 Component Description ........................................ 325
Overall Function Check ........................................ 286 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 286 .325
Component Inspection .......................................... 288 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 325
Removal and Installation ...................................... 289 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 325
DTC P1144 HO2S1 ................................................. 290 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 325
Component Description ........................................ 290 Overall Function Check ......................................... 326
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 327
. 290 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 328

EC-4
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................ 329 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ............... 375
Description ........................................................... 329 Description ............................................................ 375 A
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Component Inspection .......................................... 375
. 329 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 377
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 329 Fuel Pressure ....................................................... 377 EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 329 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 377
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 329 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 377
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 330 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 377
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 331 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 377 C
Component Inspection ......................................... 332 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 377
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 334 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater ......................... 377
Component Description ........................................ 334 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 377 D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 334 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 377
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 335 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) .................... 377
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 337 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 378 E
Component Inspection ......................................... 341 Injector .................................................................. 378
Removal and Installation ...................................... 342 Fuel Pump ............................................................ 378
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ............................................... 343
Component Description ........................................ 343 F
QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode
. 343 INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 379
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 343 Alphabetical Index ................................................ 379 G
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 344 DTC No. Index ...................................................... 380
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 345 PRECAUTIONS ...................................................... 381
Component Inspection ......................................... 347 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System H
Removal and Installation ...................................... 347 (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
START SIGNAL ...................................................... 348 SIONER ............................................................... 381
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T ........................................................................ 381 I
. 348
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 348 Precaution ............................................................ 381
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 349 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............. 384
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 350 PREPARATION ....................................................... 385 J
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ............................................ 352 Special Service Tools ........................................... 385
Description ........................................................... 352 Commercial Service Tools .................................... 385
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 387 K
. 352 System Diagram ................................................... 387
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 352 Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 388
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 354 System Chart ........................................................ 389
L
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 355 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 389
Component Inspection ......................................... 357 Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................. 392
Removal and Installation ...................................... 358 Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 392
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ................. 359 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine M
Component Description ........................................ 359 Speed) .................................................................. 393
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 359 CAN communication ............................................. 393
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 360 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................. 395
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 361 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 395
Removal and Installation ...................................... 362 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 396
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 363 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .... 396
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Idle Air Volume Learning ...................................... 396
. 363 Fuel Pressure Check ............................................ 399
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 363 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 401
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 364 Introduction ........................................................... 401
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 366 Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 401
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ..................................... 371 Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............. 401
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 371 NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ......................... 403
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 372 Malfunction Indicator (MI) ..................................... 404
Description ........................................................... 372 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 407
Component Inspection ......................................... 374 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 407

EC-5
 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 410 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 479
Fail-safe Chart ...................................................... 411 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 480
Basic Inspection ................................................... 412 Component Inspection .......................................... 482
Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 417 Remove and Installation ....................................... 483
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 421 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR ...................................... 484
Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 425 Component Description ........................................ 484
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 427 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 427 .484
CONSULT-II Function ........................................... 434 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 484
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor ..... 443 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 485
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 485
Mode ..................................................................... 446 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 486
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. 449 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 487
Description ............................................................ 449 Component Inspection .......................................... 489
Testing Condition .................................................. 449 Remove and Installation ....................................... 489
Inspection Procedure ............................................ 449 DTC P0134 HO2S1 ................................................. 490
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 450 Component Description ........................................ 490
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
DENT ....................................................................... 453 .490
Description ............................................................ 453 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 490
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 453 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 491
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM ................... 454 Overall Function Check ......................................... 491
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 454 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 492
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 455 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 493
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 455 Component Inspection .......................................... 494
Component Inspection .......................................... 459 Removal and Installation ....................................... 495
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 460 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ............................................ 496
Description ............................................................ 460 Component Description ........................................ 496
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 460 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 496
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 460 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 496
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 461 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 496
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 462 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 498
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ......................... 463 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 499
Component Description ........................................ 463 Component Inspection .......................................... 500
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode Removal and Installation ....................................... 500
. 463 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .......................... 501
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 463 Component Description ........................................ 501
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 464 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 464 .501
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 466 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 501
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 467 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 502
Component Inspection .......................................... 469 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 502
Removal and Installation ...................................... 469 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 503
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .......................... 470 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 504
Component Description ........................................ 470 Component Inspection .......................................... 505
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 470 Removal and Installation ....................................... 506
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 471 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ..................... 507
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 472 Component Description ........................................ 507
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 473 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 507
Component Inspection .......................................... 474 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 507
Removal and Installation ...................................... 474 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 508
DTC P0120 TP SENSOR ........................................ 475 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 509
Component Description ........................................ 475 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 510
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode Component Inspection .......................................... 512
. 475 Removal and Installation ....................................... 512
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 475 DTC P0500 VSS ...................................................... 513
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 476 Component Description ........................................ 513
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 476 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 513

EC-6
 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 513 DTC P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS COMMUNICATION
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 513 LINE ........................................................................ 547 A
Overall Function Check ........................................ 514 Description ............................................................ 547
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 515 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 547
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 517 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 547 EC
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ..................................... 518 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 547
Component Description ........................................ 518 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ........ 548
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode System Description ............................................... 548
. 518 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode C
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 518 . 548
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 518 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 549
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 518 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 549 D
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 520 Overall Function Check ........................................ 549
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 521 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 552
Component Inspection ......................................... 522 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 553 E
DTC P0605 ECM .................................................... 523 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 560
Component Description ........................................ 523 Component Inspection .......................................... 561
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 523 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................. 562
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 523 Description ............................................................ 562 F
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 525 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
DTC P0650 MI ........................................................ 526 . 562
Component Description ........................................ 526 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 562 G
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 526 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 562
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 526 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 562
Overall Function Check ........................................ 526 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 564 H
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 527 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 565
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 528 Component Inspection .......................................... 566
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 530 HO2S1 HEATER ..................................................... 568
I
Component Description ........................................ 530 Description ............................................................ 568
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 530 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 530 . 568
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 531 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 568 J
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 532 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 569
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 570
ACTUATOR ............................................................ 534 Component Inspection .......................................... 572 K
Description ........................................................... 534 Removal and Installation ...................................... 572
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 534 HO2S2 HEATER ..................................................... 573
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 534 Description ............................................................ 573
L
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 535 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL . 573
FUNCTION .............................................................. 536 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 573
Description ........................................................... 536 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 574 M
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 536 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 575
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 536 Component Inspection .......................................... 576
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 537 Removal and Installation ...................................... 576
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 538 IAT SENSOR ........................................................... 577
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 539 Component Description ........................................ 577
Component Inspection ......................................... 540 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 578
DTC P1123THROTTLECONTROLMOTOR RELAY. 542 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 579
Component Description ........................................ 542 Component Inspection .......................................... 580
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Removal and Installation ...................................... 580
. 542 HO2S1 ..................................................................... 581
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 542 Component Description ........................................ 581
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 542 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 542 . 581
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 544 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 581
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 545 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 582
Component Inspection ......................................... 546 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 583

EC-7
 Component Inspection .......................................... 584 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 624
Removal and Installation ...................................... 586 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 625
HO2S2 ..................................................................... 587 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT ............................................. 627
Component Description ........................................ 587 Description ............................................................ 627
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
. 587 .627
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 587 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 627
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 588 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 629
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 589 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 630
Component Inspection .......................................... 590 Component Inspection .......................................... 632
Removal and Installation ...................................... 591 Removal and Installation ....................................... 633
IGNITION SIGNAL .................................................. 592 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .................. 634
Component Description ........................................ 592 Component Description ........................................ 634
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 592 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 634
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 593 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 635
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 595 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 636
Component Inspection .......................................... 599 Removal and Installation ....................................... 637
Removal and Installation ...................................... 600 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ................................ 638
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 601 .638
Description ............................................................ 601 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 638
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 639
. 601 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 641
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 601 DATA LINK CONNECTOR ...................................... 646
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 603 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 646
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 604 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 647
Component Inspection .......................................... 607 Description ............................................................ 647
Removal and Installation ...................................... 607 Component Inspection .......................................... 649
IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ........................ 608 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ................ 650
Description ............................................................ 608 Description ............................................................ 650
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode Component Inspection .......................................... 650
. 608 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 652
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 609 Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 652
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 610 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing .............................. 652
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 611 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 652
Component Inspection .......................................... 613 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 652
Removal and Installation ...................................... 613 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 652
PNP SWITCH .......................................................... 614 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 652
Component Description ........................................ 614 Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater .......................... 652
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 652
. 614 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 652
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 614 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 652
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 615 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 653
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 616 Injector .................................................................. 653
INJECTOR CIRCUIT ............................................... 618 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 653
Component Description ........................................ 618
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode YD
. 618
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 618 INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 654
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 619 Alphabetical Index ................................................. 654
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 620 DTC No. Index ...................................................... 654
Component Inspection .......................................... 622 PRECAUTIONS ....................................................... 656
Removal and Installation ...................................... 622 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
START SIGNAL ...................................................... 623 (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode SIONER ............................................................... 656
. 623 Precautions ........................................................... 656
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 623 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ............... 658

EC-8
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 659 Component Inspection .......................................... 714
System Diagram ................................................... 659 Removal and Installation ...................................... 714 A
System Chart ....................................................... 660 DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
Fuel Injection Control System .............................. 660 SENSOR ................................................................. 715
Fuel Injection Timing Control System ................... 662 Description ............................................................ 715 EC
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................. 662 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed). 662 . 715
Crankcase Ventilation System ............................. 663 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 715
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................ 664 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 716 C
Fuel Filter ............................................................. 664 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 716
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .... 664 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 717
Fuel Pressure Relief Valve ................................... 665 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 718 D
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .......... 666 Component Inspection .......................................... 721
DTC and MI Detection Logic ................................ 666 Removal and Installation ...................................... 722
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ........................... 666 DTC P0190 COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE E
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) ......................... 666 SENSOR ................................................................. 723
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ..................................... 667 Description ............................................................ 723
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .......................................... 669 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 669 . 723 F
Basic Inspection ................................................... 672 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 723
Symptom Matrix Chart ......................................... 676 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 723
Engine Control Component Parts Location .......... 680 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 723 G
Circuit Diagram .................................................... 683 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 724
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 685 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 725
ECM Terminals And Reference Value .................. 685 Component Inspection .......................................... 726 H
CONSULT-II Function .......................................... 691 Removal and Installation ...................................... 726
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ................... 727
. 696 Description ............................................................ 727
I
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
Mode .................................................................... 698 . 727
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 727
DENT ...................................................................... 699 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 728 J
Description ........................................................... 699 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 729
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 699 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 730
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM .................. 700 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 732 K
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 700 Component Inspection .......................................... 733
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 701 Removal and Installation ...................................... 733
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 702 DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSISTION SENSOR
L
Component Inspection ......................................... 705 (TDC) ....................................................................... 734
DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS) . 706 Description ............................................................ 734
Component Description ........................................ 706 CONSULT-IIReferenceValuein DataMonitorMode
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode . 734 M
. 706 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 734
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 706 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 735
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 707 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 735
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 707 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 736
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 708 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 737
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 709 Component Inspection .......................................... 737
Component Inspection ......................................... 710 Removal and Installation ...................................... 738
Removal and Installation ...................................... 710 DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ...... 739
DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Description ............................................................ 739
(ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT) ......................................711 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 739
Description ............................................................711 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 739
On Board Diagnosis Logic ....................................711 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 739
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................711 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 741
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 712 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 742
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 713 Component Inspection .......................................... 742
Removal and Installation ...................................... 743

EC-9
DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) ..... 744 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 778
Description ............................................................ 744 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 779
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 744 Component Inspection .......................................... 780
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 744 Removal and Installation ....................................... 780
Overall Function Check ........................................ 744 DTC P1305 FUEL LEAK ......................................... 781
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 745 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 781
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 747 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 781
DTC P1107 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR .... 749 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 781
Description ............................................................ 749 Removal and Installation ....................................... 781
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 749 DTC P1510 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 749 POSITION SWITCH ................................................. 783
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 749 Description ............................................................ 783
DTC P1180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....... 751 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
Description ............................................................ 751 .783
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 783
. 751 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 784
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 751 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 784
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 751 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 785
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 751 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 786
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 752 Component Inspection .......................................... 787
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 753 Removal and Installation ....................................... 787
Removal and Installation ...................................... 753 DTC P1606 ECM ..................................................... 788
DTC P1216 EDU ..................................................... 754 Description ............................................................ 788
Description ............................................................ 754 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 788
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 754 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 788
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 755 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 788
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 755 DTC P1621 ECM RELAY ........................................ 790
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 756 ECM Terminals and Reference valve .................... 790
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 758 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 790
Removal and Installation ...................................... 760 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 790
DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM) ..... 761 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 791
Description ............................................................ 761 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 792
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode Component Inspection .......................................... 793
. 761 DTC P1660 BATTERY VOLTAGE ........................... 794
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 761 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 794
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 761 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 794
Overall Function Check ........................................ 762 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 794
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 763 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 796
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 764 Description ............................................................ 796
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 770 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 796
Component Inspection .......................................... 771 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 797
DTC P1233 - P1234 SUCTION CONTROL VALVE. 772 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 798
Description ............................................................ 772 Component Inspection .......................................... 802
CONSULT-IIReference Valuein DataMonitorMode Removal and Installation ....................................... 802
. 772 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM ...................... 803
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 772 Description ............................................................ 803
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 773 CONSULT-IIReferenceValue inData MonitorMode
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 773 .803
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 774 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 804
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 775 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 805
Component Inspection .......................................... 776 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 806
Removal and Installation ...................................... 776 Component Inspection .......................................... 808
DTC P1301 - P1304 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUST- Removal and Installation ....................................... 809
MENT RESISTOR ................................................... 777 BRAKE SWITCH ..................................................... 810
Description ............................................................ 777 Description ............................................................ 810
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 777 ECM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 810
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 777 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 811
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 777

EC-10
 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 812 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 821
Component Inspection ......................................... 813 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 822 A
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH ........ 814 Component Inspection .......................................... 823
Description ........................................................... 814 Removal and Installation ...................................... 823
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL ............................. 824 EC
. 814 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 824
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 814 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS ........................... 825
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 815 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 825
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 816 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 826 C
START SIGNAL ...................................................... 818 General Specifications .......................................... 826
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 818 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 826
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 819 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 826 D
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH .... 820 Common Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor .................... 826
Component Description ........................................ 820 Crankshaft Position Sensor (TDC) ....................... 826
CONSULT-IIReferenceValueinDataMonitorMode Camshaft Position Sensor .................................... 826 E
. 820 Glow Plug ............................................................. 826
ECM Terminals and Reference Value .................. 820 EGR Volume Control Valve .................................. 826

EC-11
 INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024

Alphabetical Index EBS00B0G

Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the "Type approval number" on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-45, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-114 .
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM*3
GST*2
APP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 0121 EC-154
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731 0731 AT-151
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732 0732 AT-158
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733 0733 AT-165
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734 0734 AT-172
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 AT-136
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-329
CAN COMM CIRCUIT*7 U1000 1000*6 EC-114
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-217
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 0340 EC-223
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 EC-206
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 EC-206
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 EC-206
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 EC-206
ECM P0605 0605 EC-249
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 EC-256
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*5 P0117 0117 EC-141
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*5 P0118 0118 EC-141
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-311
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 0725 AT-147
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-271
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 EC-273
ETC MOT RLY/CIRC P1123 1123 EC-279
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 EC-194
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 EC-200
HO2S1 (B1) P0132 0132 EC-160
HO2S1 (B1) P0133 0133 EC-166
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 EC-174
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 1143 EC-284
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 1144 EC-290
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 EC-120
HO2S1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 EC-120
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 EC-181
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 EC-187
HO2S2 (B1) P1146 1146 EC-296
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 1147 EC-303

EC-12
 INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-II Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) ECM*3
GST*2
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 EC-125
EC
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 EC-125
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0112 0112 EC-136
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT P0113 0113 EC-136 C
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 EC-117
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P1111 1111 EC-266
D
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-212
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 EC-212
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 AT-186 E
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 P0102 0102 EC-130
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 P0103 0103 EC-130
MAF SENSOR P1102 1102 EC-260 F
MIL/CIRC P0650 0650 EC-252
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 EC-206
G
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 EC-48
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*4 EC-49 H
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000
MAY BE REQUIRED. I
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 1760 AT-208
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P1706 1706 EC-325
J
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 AT-130
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 EC-233
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 EC-233 K
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 EC-244
SFT SOL A/CIRC*5 P0750 0750 AT-193
L
SFT SOL B/CIRC*5 P0755 0755 AT-198
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 AT-181
TCS/CIRC*8 P1212 1212 EC-310 M
THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*5 P0120 0120 EC-146
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*5 P1705 1705 AT-203
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 EC-229
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*9 P0720 0720 AT-142
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*9 P0500 0500 EC-239
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MI illuminates.
*6: The trouble shooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*7: Except for M/T models without ESP/TCS/ABS system.
*8: For M/T models with ESP/TCS/ABS system.
*9: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur at the same time, the MI illuminates.

EC-13
 INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Index EBS00B0H

Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the "Type approval number" on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-45, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-114 .
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
ECM*3 (CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*4 FURTHER TESTING EC-49
MAY BE REQUIRED.
U1000 1000*6 CAN COMM CIRCUIT*7 EC-114
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-117
P0031 0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) EC-120
P0032 0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) EC-120
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-125
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-125
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-130
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-130
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-136
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-136
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-141
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-141
P0120 0120 THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*5 EC-146
P0121 0121 APP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-154
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) EC-160
P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) EC-166
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) EC-174
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-181
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-187
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-194
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-200
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-206
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-206
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-206
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-206
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-206
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-212
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-212
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-217
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-223
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-229
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-233

EC-14
 INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1
Items A
CONSULT-II Reference page
ECM*3 (CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST*2
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-233
EC
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*9 EC-239
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC EC-244
P0605 0605 ECM EC-249 C
P0650 0650 MIL/CIRC EC-252
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-130
D
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-136
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*9 AT-142
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-147 E
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-151
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-158
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-165 F
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-172
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-181
G
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-186
P0750 0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC*5 AT-193
P0755 0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC*5 AT-198 H
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRC EC-256
P1102 1102 MAF SENSOR EC-260
I
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-266
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-271
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-273 J
P1123 1123 ETC MOT RLY/CIRC EC-279
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) EC-284
K
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) EC-290
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) EC-296
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) EC-303 L
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC*8 EC-310
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-311
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-48
M
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T*5 AT-203
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-325
P1760 1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC AT-208
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-329
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: When engine is running.
*5: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MI illuminates.
*6: The trouble shooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*7: Except for M/T models without ESP/TCS/ABS system.
*8: For M/T models with ESP/TCS/ABS system.
*9: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur at the same time, the MI illuminates.

EC-15
 PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001

Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER EBS00B0I

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow harness connectors.
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T EBS00B0J

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MI to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-70, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" .
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution EBS00B0K

Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

EC-16
 PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Do not disassemble ECM.
If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return A
to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis- EC
connected. However, this is not an indication of a problem.
Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
C

SEF707Y
D
When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at right.
E

G
SEF908W

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or H

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM I
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) J
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
K
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- PBIB0090E
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded
operation of ICs, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. L
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-79 . M
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous problems. MEF040D
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).

EC-17
 PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function
Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Func-
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.

SAT652J

When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never

allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.

SEF348N

Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

PBIB0513E

EC-18
 PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces- A
sarily.
Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC

SEF709Y
D
When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location. E
Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away F
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing- G
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis EBS00B0L
H

When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

GI-14, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams" I
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES" J
GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

EC-19
 PREPARATION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002

Special Service Tools EBS00B0M

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
Description
Tool name

KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors

Heated oxygen with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
sensor wrench

S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors

Heated oxygen a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
sensor wrench

S-NT636

Commercial Service Tools EBS00B0N

Tool name (Kent-

Description
Moore No.)

Quick connector Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine

release room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG:
Part No. 16441 6N210)

PBIC0198E

Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure

S-NT653

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant

temperature sensor

S-NT705

EC-20
 PREPARATION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Tool name (Kent-
Description A
Moore No.)

Oxygen sensor Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

thread cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with
anti-seize lubricant shown below. EC
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for
Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for
Titania Oxygen Sensor C
S-NT778

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

(PermatexTM 133AR when reconditioning exhaust system threads. D
or equivalent meeting
MIL specification
MIL-A-907)
E

S-NT779

EC-21
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710

System Diagram EBS00B0O

PBIB0488E

EC-22
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS00B0P

EC

PBIB0489E
Refer to EC-22, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-23
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
System Chart EBS00B0Q

Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injectors
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic ignition system Power transistors
Mass air flow sensor Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Engine coolant temperature sensor
On board diagnostic system MI (On the instrument panel)
Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Throttle position sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Accelerator pedal position sensor
EVAP canister purge volume control
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch EVAP canister purge flow control
solenoid valve
Intake air temperature sensor
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
Power steering pressure sensor
Ignition switch
Battery voltage
Knock sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 2 *1 Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays
TCM (Transmission control module) *2
ESP/TCS/ABS control unit *2
Wheel sensor
Air conditioner switch
Electrical load
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: These signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System EBS00B0R

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Fuel injec-
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position tion & mix-
Fuel injectors
Ignition switch Start signal ture ratio
control
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2 *1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
ESP/TCS/ABS control unit *2 ESP/TCS operation command
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

EC-24
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of A
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air EC
flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat- C
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
During warm-up D
When starting the engine
During acceleration
E
Hot-engine operation
When selector lever is changed from N to D
High-load, high-speed operation F
<Fuel decrease>
During deceleration
During high engine speed operation G
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
H

PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. K
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated L
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-160 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-
fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching M
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
Deceleration and acceleration
High-load, high-speed operation
Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
High engine coolant temperature
During warm-up
After shifting from N to D
When starting the engine

EC-25
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes
during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of injection pulse duration to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
Fuel trim refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
Short term fuel trim is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
Long term fuel trim is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

SEF337W
Two types of systems are used.
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.

EC-26
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Electronic Ignition (EI) System EBS00B0S

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART A

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
EC
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

C
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position timing con- Power transistor D
trol
Ignition switch Start signal
Knock sensor Engine knocking
E
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-
G
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition H
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A BTDC I
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
At starting SEF742M
J
During warm-up
At idle
At low battery voltage K
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not L
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS00B0T M
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner
Air conditioner relay
Ignition switch Start signal cut control

Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure

Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.

EC-27
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
When cranking the engine.
At high engine speeds.
When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
When engine speed is excessively low.
When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) EBS00B0U

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel cut
Fuel injectors
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-24 .
CAN communication EBS00B0V

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
FOR A/T MODELS
System Diagram

SKIA0884E

Input/Output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals ECM TCM
Engine speed signal T R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R

EC-28
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Signals ECM TCM
A
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T

FOR M/T MODELS EC

System Diagram

SKIA0885E
F
Input/Output Signal Chart
T: Transmit R: Receive
Steering wheel ESP/ TCS / ABS
Signals ECM 4WD control unit G
angle sensor control unit
Engine speed signal T R R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
H
ESP operation signal R R T
TCS operation signal R R T
ABS operation signal R R T I
Stop lamp switch signal R T
Steering wheel angle sensor signal T R
J
ESP-OFFSW signal R T
Wheel speed sensor signal R T
4WD Mode signal T R K

EC-29
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check EBS00B0W

IDLE SPEED
Using CONSULT-II
Check idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF058Y

IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A
Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
Check ignition timing.

PBIB0515E

Method B
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.

PBIB0509E

Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.

PBIB0516E

EC-30
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

SEF166Y

Check ignition timing. D

G
PBIB0514E

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning EBS00B0X

H
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of I
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
J
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
K
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning EBS00BLU

DESCRIPTION L
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. M
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
Idle Air Volume Learning EBS00B0Y

DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the spe-
cific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.

EC-31
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100C (158 - 212F)
PNP switch: ON
Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
Vehicle speed: Stopped
Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/
T system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-31, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PRE-CONDITIONING (previously mentioned) are in good
order.
5. Select IDLE AIR VOL LEARN in WORK SUPPORT mode.

SEF452Y

6. Touch START and wait 20 seconds.

SEF454Y

EC-32
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If
INCMP is displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be car- A
ried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the problem
by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle EC
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 65050 rpm C
A/T: 70050 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing M/T: 145 BTDC SEF455Y
A/T: 165 BTDC (in P or N position) D

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE: E
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction. F
1. Perform EC-31, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PRE-CONDITIONING (previously mentioned) are in good
order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
I
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops J
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle. K
11. Wait 20 seconds.

PBIB0665E

12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 65050 rpm
A/T: 70050 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing M/T: 145 BTDC
A/T: 165 BTDC (in P or N position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, the result will be incomplete. In this case,
find the cause of the problem by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.

EC-33
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows:
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the problem.
It is useful to perform EC-103, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" .
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
problem and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check EBS00B0Z

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pres-
sure cannot be completely released because QR engine models do not have fuel return system.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE in WORK SUPPORT
mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.

SEF214Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box.
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

PBIB0508E

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
Take care for not to scratch and not to put debris around connection area when servicing, so that
the quick connector keeps sealability with O-rings inside.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-34, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).

EC-34
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.
Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. A
Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.

3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.

Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.
C
4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.
Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline. D
Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool.
Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the E
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
F
When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. PBIB0669E
When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
G
Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.

Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08

in). H
Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 Nm (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m,
9 - 13 in-lb)
I
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
5. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off. J
6. Turn ignition switch "ON", and check for fuel leakage.
PBIB0670E
7. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
K
8. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
L
During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.7 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

M
9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
10. Check the following.
Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging

Fuel filter for clogging

Fuel pump

Fuel pressure regulator for clogging

If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

If NG, repair or replace.

EC-35
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028

Introduction EBS00BM5

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Mode 3 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Mode 2 of ISO 15031-5
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Mode 1 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Mode 7 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Mode 6 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Mode 9 of ISO 15031-5

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable : Not applicable
Freeze Frame 1st trip Freeze
DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code Test value
data Frame data
CONSULT-II
GST *1
ECM *2

*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
*2: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.

The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-62 .)
Two Trip Detection Logic EBS00BM6

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MI, and store
DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
: Applicable : Not applicable
MI DTC 1st trip DTC
1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Lighting Lighting display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
up up ing

Misfire (Possible three way cata-

lyst damage) DTC: P0300 -
P0304 is being detected
Misfire (Possible three way cata-
lyst damage) DTC: P0300 -
P0304 is being detected
Fail-safe items (Refer to EC-62 .) *1 *1
Except above
*1: Except ECM

EC-36
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Emission-related Diagnostic Information EBS00BM7

EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS A

: Applicable : Not applicable
DTC*1 Test value/
Items 1st trip EC
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit Reference page
ECM*3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) DTC*1
GST*2 (GST only)

U1000 1000*6 CAN COMM CIRCUIT*7 EC-114

C
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-117 D
P0031 0031 HO2S1 HTR (B1) *4 EC-120
P0032 0032 HO2S1 HTR (B1) *4 EC-120
E
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) *4 EC-125
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) *4 EC-125
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-130 F
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-130
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-136
G
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-136
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-141
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*5 EC-141 H
P0120 0120 THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*5 EC-146
P0121 0121 APP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-154
P0132 0132 HO2S1 (B1) *4 EC-160
I

P0133 0133 HO2S1 (B1) *4 EC-166

P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) *4 EC-174 J
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) *4 EC-181
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) *4 EC-187
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-194 K
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-200
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-206
L
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-206
P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-206
P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-206 M
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-206
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-212
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-212
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-217
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-223
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 *4 EC-229
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-233
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-233
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*9 EC-239
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC EC-244
P0605 0605 ECM EC-249
P0650 0650 MIL/CIRC EC-252

EC-37
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC*1 Test value/
Items 1st trip
CONSULT-II SRT code Test limit Reference page
ECM*3 (CONSULT-II screen terms) DTC*1
GST*2 (GST only)

P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-130

P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-136
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*9 AT-142
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-151
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-158
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-165
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-172
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-181
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-186
P0750 0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC*5 AT-193
P0755 0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC*5 AT-198
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRC EC-256
P1102 1102 MAF SENSOR EC-260
P1111 1111 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-266
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-271
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-273
P1123 1123 ETC MOT RLY/CIRC EC-279
P1143 1143 HO2S1 (B1) *4 EC-284
P1144 1144 HO2S1 (B1) *4 EC-290
P1146 1146 HO2S2 (B1) *4 EC-296
P1147 1147 HO2S2 (B1) *4 EC-303
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC*8 EC-310
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-311
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-48
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T*5 AT-203
P1706 1706 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-325
P1760 1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC AT-208
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-329
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), these numbers are controlled by NISSAN.
*4: These are not displayed with GST.
*5: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MI illuminates.
*6: The trouble shooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*7: Except for M/T models without ESP/TCS/ABS system.
*8: For M/T models with ESP/TCS/ABS system.
*9: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur at the same time, the MI illuminates.

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MI will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-

EC-38
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MI during the A
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-46, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
EC
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-37 . These items are required by legal reg-
ulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are
also displayed on CONSULT-II.
1st trip DTC is specified in Mode 7 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MI C
and therefore does not warn the driver of a problem. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehi-
cle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
D
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-58 . Then perform DTC Confirmation Proce-
dure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the problem. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item
requires repair.
E
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
F
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0705, P0750, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by ISO 15031-5.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) G
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0102, 0340 etc. H
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi- I
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if
available) is recommended.
J
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be 0. K
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].

SEF745C

FREEZE FRMADE DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For
details, see EC-89 .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
EC-39
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire DTC: P0300 - P0304
1
Fuel Injection System Function DTC: P0171, P0172
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data

For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-46, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Mode 1 of ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to CMPLT.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate CMPLT for each application system. Once set as CMPLT, the SRT status remains
CMPLT until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate INCMP for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate INCMP if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates INCMP for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (CMPLT) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT.
SRT item
Performance
(CONSULT-II Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT Corresponding DTC No.
Priority*1
indication)
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420

EC-40
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SRT item
Performance
(CONSULT-II Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT Corresponding DTC No. A
Priority*1
indication)
HO2S 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0132
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0133 EC
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P0134
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1143
C
Heated oxygen sensor 1 P1144
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139 D
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1146
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P1147
E
HO2S HTR 1 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater P0031, P0032
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0037, P0038
*1: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for F
models with CONSULT-II.

SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as CMPLT after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is G
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example H
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) (1) OK (2) (2) I
P0402 OK (1) (1) (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2) J
SRT of EGR CMPLT CMPLT CMPLT CMPLT
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) (1) (1) (1)
P0402 (0) (0) OK (1) (1) K
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2)
SRT of EGR INCMP INCMP CMPLT CMPLT
L
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK
P0402
NG M
P1402 NG NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MI ON)
SRT of EGR INCMP INCMP INCMP CMPLT
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.

When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate CMPLT. Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as INCMP is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state

EC-41
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT, the self-diagno-
sis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page.

SEF573XB

EC-42
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
*1 EC-39 *2 EC-43 *3 EC-41
A
How to Display SRT Code
WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting SRT STATUS in DTC CONFIRMATION mode with EC
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a CMPLT is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
INCMP is displayed. C
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown at right.
INCMP means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
CMPLT means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set. D

PBIB0666E
WITH GST E
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
How to Set SRT Code
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each F
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-II
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the G
table on EC-40 .
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page.
The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes. H

EC-43
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Driving Pattern

PBIB0667E

EC-44
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driv-
ing habits, etc. A
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the
shortest.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed
EC
within zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
Sea level
C
Flat road
Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. D
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)], diag-
nosis may also be performed.
Pattern 1: E
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 93 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
Pattern 2:
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be con- G
ducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
The driving pattern outlined in *2 must be repeated at least 3 times. H
Pattern 4:
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving. I
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h J
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle. K
2. Repeat driving pattern shown at right at least 10 times.
During acceleration, hold the accelerator pedal as steady as
possible. L

SEF414S

*3: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.

Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
Items for which these data (test value and test limit) are displayed are the same as SRT code items (14 test
items).
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be dis-
played on the GST screen.

EC-45
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
: Applicable : Not applicable
Test value (GST display)
SRT item Self-diagnostic test item Test limit Application
TID CID
CATALYST Three way catalyst function 01H 01H Max.
09H 04H Max.
0AH 84H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 0BH 04H Max.
0CH 04H Max.
HO2S 0DH 04H Max.
19H 86H Min.
1AH 86H Min.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
1BH 06H Max.
1CH 06H Max.
29H 08H Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
2AH 88H Min.
HO2S HTR
2DH 0AH Max.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
2EH 8AH Min.

HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION

How to Erase DTC ( With CONSULT-II)
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELF-
DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individu-
ally from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-12 ), skip steps 2 through 4.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch A/T.
3. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
4. Touch ERASE. [The DTC in the TCM (Transmission control module) will be erased.] Then touch BACK
twice.
5. Touch ENGINE.
6. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.

EC-46
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
A

EC

J
SEF966X

How to Erase DTC ( With GST)

The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST. K
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-12 ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least L
10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Without CONSULT-II) in AT section titled TROUBLE
DIAGNOSIS, Self-diagnosis. (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis M
only to erase the DTC.)
3. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
How to Erase DTC ( No Tools)
1. If the ignition switch stays "ON" after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch "OFF" once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it "ON" (engine stopped) again.
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-49, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data

EC-47
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
7. Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) EBS00BM8

If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in

the ON position or NATS MALFUNCTION is displayed
on SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-70, "NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM)" .
Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching ERASE in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode
with CONSULT-II.
When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and reg-
istration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. SEF515Y
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.
Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to
CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS.
Malfunction Indicator (MI) EBS00BM9

DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-39, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-252 .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.

SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit.

Engine stopped

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MI will light up to inform the driver that
a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MI in
the 1st trip.
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
Fail-safe mode

EC-48
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status A
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
EC

Engine stopped
C

Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
D
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.

MI Flashing without DTC

If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MI may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag- F
nostic test mode. EC-49, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later, EC-
49 . G
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes H
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes I
6. Test values
7. Others
J
HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
NOTE:
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
K
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF. L
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. M
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.

EC-49
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

PBIB0092E

How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)

1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-49, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-49, "How to Set Diagnostic Test
Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-39,
"WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-252 .
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I MALFUNCTION WARNING
MI Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.
OFF No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are dis-
played, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified

EC-50
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a
code. A

EC

SEF952W
G
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
H
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF. I
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-12, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) J
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
49, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours. K
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR L
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition M
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.
OBD System Operation Chart EBS00BMA

RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.

EC-51
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on. For details, refer to EC-36, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
The MI will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The TIME in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MI (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-54 .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-56 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

EC-52
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR "MISFIRE"
<EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>, "FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM" A

EC

SEF392SA

*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MI will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, MI times (pattern B) without any malfunc- detected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. tions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.

EC-53
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip vehicle is driven once (pattern C)
freeze frame data will be cleared. without the same malfunction after
DTC is stored in ECM.

EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR "MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORA-

TION>", "FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM"
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
<Driving Pattern C>
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) 375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (10.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70C (158F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C
(158F)
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1).
The C counter will be counted up when (1) is satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

EC-54
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MI, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR
"MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>", "FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM" A

EC

SEF393SA

*1: When the same malfunction is *2: MI will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is
detected in two consecutive trips, MI times (pattern B) without any malfunc- detected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. tions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.

EC-55
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR "MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>", "FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM"
<Driving Pattern A>

AEC574

The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).

EC-56
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS00BMH

INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no problems such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other problems with the engine.

MEF036D
E

It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G

SEF233G

I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-58 . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such problems, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the exam-
ple on EC-61 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional problems first. This L
will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically con- SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
M

EC-57
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart

SEF510ZD

*1 EC-62 *2 If time data of SELF-DIAG *3 If the incident cannot be verified, per-

RESULTS is other than 0 or [1t], form EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNO-
perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT"
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- .
DENT" .
*4 If the on board diagnostic system can- *5 If malfunctioning part cannot be *6 EC-44
not be performed, check main power detected, perform EC-107, "TROU-
supply and ground circuit. Refer to BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
EC-108, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT TENT INCIDENT" .
FOR ECM" .
*7 EC-103

EC-58
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A

Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-60 .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-46 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . C
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-69 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
D
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . E
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) F
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st
G
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX. H
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-64 .) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-69 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the I
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II. J
Refer to EC-79 , EC-97 .
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
K
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" . L
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
STEP VII is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one. M
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-46, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" and AT-39, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .)

EC-59
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.

EC-60
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Worksheet Sample
A

EC

MTBL0017

DTC Inspection Priority Chart EBS00BMI

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-114 .

EC-61
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
1 U1000 CAN communication line
P0102 P0103 P1102 Mass air flow sensor
P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0120 Throttle position sensor
P0121 Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0605 ECM
P0705 Park/Neutral position (PNP) sensor
P1706 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
2 P0031 P0032 Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0132 P0133 P0134 P1143 P1144 Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0138 P0139 P1146 P1147 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
P0650 MI
P0710-P0725, P0740-P0755, P1705 P1760 A/T related sensors and solenoid valves
P1065 ECM power supply
P1111 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
P1122 Electric throttle control function
P1123 Throttle control motor relay
P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS communication line
P1805 Brake switch
3 P0011 Intake valve timing control
P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0304 Misfire
P0420 Three way catalyst function
P0731-P0734 A/T function
P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)

Fail-safe Chart EBS00BMJ

The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MI illuminates.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P1102

EC-62
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
A
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT- EC
Condition
II display)
Just as ignition switch is turned
40C (104F)
ON or Start C
More than approx. 4 minutes after
80C (176F)
ignition ON or Start
40 - 80C (104 - 176F) D
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
ing fan operates while engine is running. E
P0120 Throttle position sensor cir- ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
cuit small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
F
Condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration G

EC-63
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Basic Inspection EBS00BMK

1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related problem, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U

5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

SEF977U

2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.

>> GO TO 3

EC-64
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
EC
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.

E
SEF978U

3. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

M/T: 650 50 rpm F
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)

SEF058Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about J
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
K
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING M

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-31, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 5.

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 6.

EC-65
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 7.
INCMP >> 1. Follow the construction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the Following.
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-223 .
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-217 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but
this is the rarely the case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-48, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .

>> GO TO 4.

EC-66
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
EC
M/T: 14 5 BTDC
A/T: 16 5 BTDC (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG C
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
D
11. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-31, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . E

>> GO TO 12.
F
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine. G
2. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 13. H

13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

I
Refer to EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT or INCMP J
CMPLT >> GO TO 14.
INCMP >> 1. Follow the construction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4. K

14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

L
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. M
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

EC-67
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 14 5 BTDC
A/T: 16 5 BTDC (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.

16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-43, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.

17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-223 .
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-217 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.

18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but
this is the rarely the case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-48, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .

>> GO TO 4.

EC-68
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS00BML

SYSTEM BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

EC

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

C

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
D

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL E

F
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-352
G
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-34
Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-343
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-372 H
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-375
tem
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-64 I
EC-271,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-273 ,
EC-279 J
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-64
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-334
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-108
K

EC-130,
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-260
L
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 EC-141
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-146
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2 EC-154 M
EC-160,
EC-166 ,
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-174 ,
EC-284 ,
EC-290
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3 EC-212
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-217
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2 EC-223
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-239
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 EC-244
EC-249,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-256
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir- EC-117,
3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
cuit EC-266

EC-69
 SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
(continued on next page)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
Fuel
Warranty symptom code

Air conditioner circuit

Electrical load signal circuit
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit
Start signal circuit
PNP switch circuit
Warranty symptom code
line, Low octane)
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso-
Valve deposit
Vapor lock

Fuel piping

Fuel tank

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

AA
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
AA

2
5

AB
ENGINE STALL
AB

ENGINE STALL

2
2
5

AC
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

3
3
5

5
EC-70

AD
AD

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

3
5

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

AE
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AE

3
3
5

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

AF
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
AF

3
3
3

SYMPTOM
SYMPTOM

AG
AG

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

3
3
3
5

AH
AH

IDLING VIBRATION IDLING VIBRATION

3
3
3
5

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

AJ
AJ

3
3
3

[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

AK
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
AK

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

AL
AL

3
3
5

AM
AM

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

HA
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
HA

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

2
ATC-30
EC-363
EC-359
EC-348
EC-325

page
Reference
29
FL-3, EM-
FL-9

page
Reference

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Air Air duct EM-15 F
Air cleaner EM-15
Air leakage from air duct
G
(Mass air flow sensor electric EM-15
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-17
H
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-17
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I
Alternator circuit SC-12
Starter circuit 3 SC-21
Signal plate 6 EM-64 J
PNP switch MT-13 or
4
AT-135
Engine Cylinder head K
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-52
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
L
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-64
Connecting rod M
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-43
mecha-
Camshaft EM-33
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve
3 EM-52
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-22, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
2
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil EM-24, LU-
tion filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 9 , LU-10 ,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 LU-13
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-7

EC-71
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-12
Thermostat 5 CO-21
Water pump CO-19
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 CO-7
Cooling fan 5 CO-12
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
CO-9
coolant
EC-48 or
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 1
BL-70
EC-310 or
ESP/TCS/ABS control unit 2 2
BRC-60
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.

EC-72
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS00BMM

EC

PBIB0484E

EC-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

PBIB0485E

EC-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

PBIB0486E

EC-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

PBIB0487E

EC-76
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS00BMN

EC

TBWA0052E

EC-77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

TBWA0053E

EC-78
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS00BMO

EC

SEF970W D

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BMP

PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection,
remove glove box.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
F

H
PBIB0493E

3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily. I
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.

Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.

J
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

MEC486B
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION: M
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition.
Heated oxygen sen-
2 P/L Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
sor 1 heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

EC-79
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is below 3,800 rpm.
0 - 1.0V
After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of 70 km/h
Heated oxygen sen- (43 MPH) or more.
4 PU/R
sor 2 heater [Ignition switch ON]
Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,800 rpm.
Counter current BATTERY VOLTAGE
12 R/B [Ignition switch "ON"]
return (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Idle speed (11 - 14V)

Approximately 10V
EVAP canister purge
13 P volume control sole-
noid valve [Engine is running]
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm

PBIB0520E

[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V

18 R/Y MI [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Idle speed (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF] 0 - 1.0V
ECM relay For 3 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
20 W/G
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 seconds passed after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF

0 - 0.1V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

21 BR Ignition signal No. 1

PBIB0521E
22 PU Ignition signal No. 2
23 L/R Ignition signal No. 3
0 - 0.2V
24 GY/R Ignition signal No. 4

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0522E

[Engine is running]
Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON 0 - 1.0V
26 L Air conditioner relay (Compressor operates).
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
A/C switch is OFF. (11 - 14V)

EC-80
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V) EC
27 LG/B
(High) [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is high speed operating
C
[Ignition switch ON]
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
29 B/P Fuel pump relay D
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than 1 seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
ON.
E
[Engine is running]
Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON Approximately 0V
Air conditioner cut (Compressor operates).
30 PU/W F
signal [Engine is running]
A/C switch is ON Approximately 4.6V
(Compressor not operates).
G
B/W
Approximately 2.6V
(With A/T) CAN communication
33 [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
W line
communication status. H
(With M/T)
L/R
Approximately 2.4V
(With A/T) CAN communication
34 [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
R line I
communication status.
(With M/T)

6 - 7V
J
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed K

PBIB0523E
36 L/OR Tachometer signal
L
6 - 7V

[Engine is running] M
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm

PBIB0524E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
37 LG
(Low) [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is operating
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal fully released
40 P Stop lamp switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal fully depressed (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V

41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch START] 9 - 14V

EC-81
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch OFF] 0V
42 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Gear position is P or N.
A/T model
43 G/OR PNP switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
Except the above gear position M/T model
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch ON]
50 LG Data link connector Approximately 5V
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
[Ignition switch "ON"] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal Rear window defogger switch is "ON" (11 - 14V)
52 R/W (Rear window defog-
ger signal) [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Rear window defogger switch is "OFF"
[Ignition switch "ON"] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal Lighting switch is "2ND" position (11 - 14V)
53 R/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Lighting switch is "OFF"
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Heater fan switch sig- Heater fan control switch is "ON"
55 LG/B
nal [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 5V
Heater fan control switch is "OFF"
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
59 B
60 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Engine ground
106 B/Y Idle speed
108 B/Y

1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
63 L/W
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0526E

Accelerator pedal
64 OR/L position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.5V
power supply

EC-82
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply EC
Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
66 W/L [Ignition switch OFF]
ECM (Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] C
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pres- Steering wheel is being turned.
67 P
sure sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
Steering wheel is not being turned. D

Approximately 3V

E
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
F
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
71 PU/R
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V G

[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
H

PBIB0528E I
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.1 - 1.5V
Idle speed J
72 OR Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.6 - 2.0V
K
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
More than 0.36V L
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Throttle position sen- Accelerator pedal fully released
73 W
sor 1 [Ignition switch ON] M
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
Less than 4.75V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
Less than 4.75V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Throttle position sen- Accelerator pedal fully released
74 G
sor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
More than 0.36V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal fully depressed

EC-83
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released
75 R/L
position sensor 1 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.09 - 0.48V
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released
76 B/W
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 1.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
80 B/P Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
Idle speed

Approximately 2.3V

[Engine is running]
81 L/B Vehicle speed sensor Lift up the vehicle
Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH)

PBIB0531E

[Engine is running]
82 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure Warm-up condition
83 R/L 1.0 - 4.0V
sensor Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON.
(Compressor operates.)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air tempera-
84 Y/G [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
ture sensor
air temperature.
Accelerator pedal
86 L position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V
ground
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Accelerator pedal 0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal fully released
90 W position sensor sig-
nal output [Ignition switch ON]
More than 3.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 G/W Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant tem-
93 BR/Y [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
perature sensor
engine coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen-
95 OR/B Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-84
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
C
Idle speed

101 R/B Injector No. 1

102 Y/B Injector No. 2 PBIB0529E D
103 G/B Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE
104 L/B Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F

PBIB0530E

[Engine is running] G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
H
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
107 Y/R
control solenoid valve [Engine is running] I
Warm-up condition
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
J

PBIB0532E

109 W Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE K

[Ignition switch ON]
111 W ECM (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch "OFF"]
112 W/R (11 - 14V)
relay L
[Ignition switch "ON"] 0 - 1.0V
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
113 W/B [Ignition switch "ON"]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
M
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch "ON"]

Throttle control motor Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
114 R
(Open) Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal is depressing

PBIB0533E

EC-85
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor [Engine is running]
115 B/Y Approximately 0V
ground Idle speed

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch "ON"]

Throttle control motor Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
116 G
(Close) Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal is releasing

PBIB0534E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

CONSULT-II Function EBS00BMQ

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
7. Others

EC-86
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT

RESULTS DATA CONFIRMATION
Item WORK DATA EC
MONI- ACTIVE DTC
SUP- FREEZE MONI-
TOR TEST SRT WORK
PORT DTC*1 FRAME TOR
(SPEC) STATUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT C
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor
D

Engine coolant temperature sensor

Heated oxygen sensor 1 E
Heated oxygen sensor 2
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Wheel sensor
Accelerator pedal position sensor F
Throttle position sensor
Intake air temperature sensor
G
INPUT

Knock sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Ignition switch (start signal) H
Closed throttle position switch
(accelerator pedal position sensor
signal) I
Air conditioner switch
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Stop lamp switch
J

Power steering pressure sensor

Battery voltage
K
Load signal
Injectors
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Power transistor (Ignition timing) L

Throttle control motor relay
EVAP canister purge volume con-
M
trol solenoid valve
Air conditioner relay
OUTPUT

Fuel pump relay

Cooling fan relay
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Intake valve timing control solenoid

valve
Calculated load value
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-39 .

EC-87
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located
under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0376E

4. Touch START.

PBR455D

5. Touch ENGINE.

SEF995X

6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

SEF824Y

EC-88
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item A
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
EC
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN C
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When releasing fuel pressure
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- from fuel line D
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
E
ing
After adjustment, confirm target
ignition timing with a timing light.
F
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Self Diagnostic Item G
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-12, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data H
Freeze frame data
Description
item*1
DIAG TROUBLE I
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
CODE
to EC-12, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX]
Fuel injection system status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. J
One mode in the following is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B1 MODE 2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
MODE 3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
MODE 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
K
MODE 5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L
COOLANT TEMP [C]
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [F]
Short-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
M
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
Long-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VHCL SPEED [km/h]
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [C]
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [F]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

EC-89
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
: Applicable
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- SUP- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
Accuracy becomes poor if engine
Indicates the engine speed computed speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED [rpm] from the signal of the crankshaft position If the signal is interrupted while the
sensor (POS). engine is running, an abnormal
value may be indicated.
The signal voltage of the mass air flow When the engine is stopped, a
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
sensor is displayed. certain value is indicated.
When the engine coolant tempera-
The engine coolant temperature (deter- ture sensor is open or short-cir-
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the cuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.

[C] or [F] engine coolant temperature sensor) is The engine coolant temperature
displayed. determined by the ECM is dis-
played.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B1) [V]
sensor 1 is displayed.
The signal voltage of the heated oxygen
HO2S2 (B1) [V]
sensor 2 is displayed.

Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 sig- After turning ON the ignition

nal during air-fuel ratio feedback control: switch, RICH is displayed until
RICH ... means the mixture became air-fuel mixture ratio feedback
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rich, and control is being affected control begins.

[RICH/LEAN] toward a leaner mixture. When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN ... means the mixture became clamped, the value just before the
lean, and control is being affected clamping is displayed continu-
toward a rich mixture. ously.
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
nal:
RICH ... means the amount of oxygen
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) after three way catalyst is relatively When the engine is stopped, a

[RICH/LEAN] small. certain value is indicated.
LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.
VHCL SPEED SE The vehicle speed computed from the

[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-

[V] played.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] The accelerator pedal position sensor
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] signal voltage is displayed.

THRTL SEN 1 [V] The throttle position sensor signal volt-

THRTL SEN 2 [V] age is displayed.

The intake air temperature (determined

INT/A TEMP SE
by the signal voltage of the intake air
[C] or [F]
temperature sensor) is indicated.
After starting the engine, [OFF] is
START SIGNAL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
displayed regardless of the starter
[ON/OFF] starter signal.
signal.

EC-90
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG A
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- SUP- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
EC
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com-
CLSD THL POS
puted by ECM according to the acceler-
[ON/OFF]
ator pedal position sensor signal.
C
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG
conditioner switch as determined by the
[ON/OFF]
air conditioner signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the D
P/N POSI SW
park/neutral position (PNP) switch sig-
[ON/OFF]
nal.
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steer- E
PW/ST SIGNAL ing system (determined by the signal

[ON/OFF] voltage of the power steering pressure
sensor signal) is indicated.
F
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
electrical load signal.
ON ... Rear window defogger switch is
LOAD SIGNAL G
ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd posi-
[ON/OFF]
tion.
OFF ... Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF. H
IGNITION SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-

[ON/OFF] tion switch.
HEATER FAN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the I

[ON/OFF] heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

[ON/OFF] stop lamp switch signal. J
Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1
width compensated by ECM according certain computed value is indi-
[msec]
to the input signals. cated.
K
Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into

[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection. L
IGN TIMING Indicates the ignition timing computed When the engine is stopped, a

[BTDC] by ECM according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
M
When the engine is stopped, a
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio certain value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] feedback correction factor per cycle is This data also includes the data
indicated. for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
trol.
Calculated load value indicates the
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
Indicates the mass airflow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW
ECM according to the signal voltage of
[gm/s]
the mass air flow sensor.

EC-91
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- SUP- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
PURG VOL C/V computed by the ECM according to the
[%] input signals.
The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) Indicates [CA] of intake camshaft
[CA] advanced angle.
The control condition of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B1) [%]
ON ... intake valve timing control is oper-
ating.
OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not
operating.
The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY
tion (determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signals) is indicated.
Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY
condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals.
Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY
control condition determined by the
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
COOLING FAN input signals).
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
YET ... Idle air volume learning has not
IDL A/V LEARN
been performed yet.
[YET/CMPLT/
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has
INCMP]
already been performed successfully.
INCMP ... Idle air volume learning has
not been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
Distance traveled while MI is activated.
[km] or [mile]
AC PRESS SEN The signal voltage from the refrigerant
[V] pressure sensor is displayed.

EC-92
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG A
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- SUP- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
EC
Voltage [V]
Frequency Only # is displayed if item is
[msec], [Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
C
DUTY-HI Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse Figures with #s are temporary
width measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures
DUTY-LOW
as an actual piece of data which
PLS WIDTH-HI was just previously measured. D
PLS WIDTH-LOW
CAN COMM
E
[OK/NG]
CAN CIRC 1

[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 2 F
These items are not displayed in
[OK/UNKWN] Indicates the communication condition
"SELECTION FROM MENU"
CAN CIRC 3 of CAN communication line.
mode.
[OK/UNKWN] G
CAN CIRC 4

[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 5 H

[OK/UNKWN]
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. I
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item J
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
K
Indicates the engine speed computed
ENG SPEED [rpm] from the signal of the crankshaft position
sensor (POS).
L
The signal voltage of the mass air flow When engine is running specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into When engine is running specification M
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
When engine is running specification
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

EC-93
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
Engine: Return to the original Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
Fuel injectors
TION Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. Heated oxygen sensor 1

Engine: Return to the original

trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see Perform Idle Air Volume Learn-
Timing light: Set
ING CHECK ITEM. ing.
Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.

Engine: After warming up, idle Harness and connectors

the engine. Compression
POWER BAL- A/C switch OFF Fuel injectors
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE Shift lever N Power transistor
Cut off each injector signal one at Spark plugs
a time using CONSULT-II. Ignition coils
Ignition switch: ON Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN Turn the cooling fan ON and Cooling fan moves and stops. Cooling fan relay
OFF with CONSULT-II. Cooling fan motor

Engine: Return to the original Harness and connectors

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-II. Fuel injectors
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- Harness and connectors
RELAY Turn the fuel pump relay ON ing sound. Fuel pump relay
and OFF using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
Engine: Return to the original
Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. Intake valve timing control sole-
Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-II.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-40, "SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE" .
SRT Work Support Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.

EC-94
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Work Support Mode
Test mode Test item Condition Reference page
A

HO2S1 (B1) P0133 EC-166

HO2S1 (B1) P0134 EC-174 EC
HO2S1
HO2S1 (B1) P1143 EC-284
Refer to corresponding
HO2S1 (B1) P1144 trouble diagnosis for EC-290
DTC. C
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 EC-187
H02S2 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 EC-296
HO2S2 (B1) P1147 EC-303
D
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by E
touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR mode.
1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger):
The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in F
real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM. G
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONITOR
in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording Data ...
xx% as shown at right, and the data after the malfunction detec-
H
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, SEF707X
SEF706X
REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If STOP is touched on
the screen during Recording Data ... xx%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by TRIG- I
GER POINT and Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger):
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even J
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Operation K
1. AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is L
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent. M
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis
for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. MANU TRIG
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.

EC-95
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

PBIB0197E

Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function EBS00BMR

DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service man-
ual.

SEF139P

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
MODE 1 READINESS TESTS
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
MODE 2 (FREEZE DATA) the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-39, "FREEZE FRMADE DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
MODE 3 DTCs
by ECM.

EC-96
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic test mode Function
A
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 1)
Clear diagnostic trouble codes (MODE 3)
EC
MODE 4 CLEAR DIAG INFO Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (MODE 1)
Clear freeze frame data (MODE 2)
Reset status of system monitoring test (MODE 1)
C
Clear on board monitoring test results (MODE 6 and 7)
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific com-
MODE 6 (ON BOARD TESTS)
ponents/systems that are not continuously monitored. D
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related pow-
MODE 7 (ON BOARD TESTS) ertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving condi-
tions.
E
MODE 8 This mode is not applicable on this vehicle.
This mode enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such
MODE 9 (CALIBRATION ID)
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.
F
GST INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect GST to data link connector, which is located under LH G
dash panel near the fuse box cover.

PBIB0376E
J
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual. K
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
L

M
SEF398S

5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the
tool maker.

SEF416S

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor EBS00BMS

Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.

EC-97
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
If the real-time diagnosis results are NG and the on board diagnostic system results are OK when diagnosing the mass air flow sen-
sor, first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value.
value.
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.0 - 1.5V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS A/F SE-B1
Shift lever: N 2,500 rpm Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.5 - 3.5 msec
Shift lever: N
B/FUEL SCHDL
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 2.5 - 3.5 msec
No-load
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
A/F ALPHA-B1 Engine: After warming up 54% - 155%
rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
LEAN RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up LEAN RICH
rpm quickly.
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VEH SPEED SE
SULT-II value. CONSULT-II value
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V

ACCEL SEN1
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 3.9V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.15 - 0.97V

ACCEL SEN2
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 3.8V
Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2 Shift lever:
D (A/T model) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T model)
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON START ON OFF ON OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model) ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T model)
Shift lever: Except above OFF

EC-98
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON
EC
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF C
and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON ON OFF ON

Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan is operating. ON

HEATER FAN SW D
the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON E
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1 F
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
No-load
Engine: After warming up MT: 12 - 16 BTDC
Idle G
Shift lever: N AT: 14 - 18 BTDC
IGN TIMING
Air conditioner switch: OFF
2,000 rpm 25 - 45 BTDC
No-load H
Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% I
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 gm/s
J
Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 gm/s
No-load
K
Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 20 - 30% L
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 5CA
Shift lever: N M
INT/V TIM (B1) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 20CA
quickly
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 50%
quickly
No-load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY Engine running or cranking
Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON

EC-99
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine coolant temperature is 94C
OFF
(201F) or less
Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95C (203F) and 104C LOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF (219F)
Engine coolant temperature is 105C
HIGH
(221F) or more
Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm OFF
Vehicle has traveled after MI has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0V
AC PRESS SEN Engine: Idle
1.0 - 4.0V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
CAN COMM* OK
CAN CIRC 1* OK
OK (A/T models)
CAN CIRC 2*
UNKWN (M/T models with ESP)
Ignition switch: ON
UNKWN (A/T models)
CAN CIRC 3*
OK (M/T models with ESP)
CAN CIRC 4* UNKWN
CAN CIRC 5* UNKWN
*: These items are not applied for M/T models without ESP.

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BMT

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in "D" position (A/T models) or with shift lever in
"1st" position (M/T models).
The signal of ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after CLSD THL POS is changed from ON to OFF.

PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.

EC-100
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A

EC

SEF241Y

EC-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

PBIB0668E

EC-102
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
A
Description EBS00B1J

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E

Testing Condition EBS00B1K

Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles) F

2
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
G
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95C (167 - 203F)
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Electrical load: Not applied*2 H
Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T models with CONSULT-II, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive
vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60C (140F). I
For A/T models without CONSUT-II and M/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating tem-
perature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead. J

Inspection Procedure EBS00B1L

NOTE: K
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-412, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. L
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SE-
B1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
5. If NG, go to EC-104, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF601Z

EC-103
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B1M

SEF613ZD

EC-104
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

SEF768Z

EC-105
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

SEF615ZA

EC-106
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Description EBS00B1N

Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
rences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific problem area. C
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B1O

F

1. INSPECTION START
G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-402, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" .
H
>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS I

Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , "CIRCUIT INSPECTION",
"Ground Inspection". J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace. K

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT

L
Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , "INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS".
OK or NG
M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-107
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM PFP:24110

Wiring Diagram EBS00B1P

TBWA0054E

EC-108
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B1Q

A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR C
NO.
Counter current BATTERY VOLTAGE
12 R/B [Ignition switch "ON"]
return (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] D
[Ignition switch OFF] 0 - 1.0V
ECM relay For 3 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
20 W/G E
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 seconds passed after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF
[Ignition switch OFF] 0V F
42 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
G
59 B
60 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Engine ground
106 B/Y Idle speed
108 B/Y H
109 W Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
111 W ECM (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B1R

I

1. INSPECTION START
Start engine. J
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8. K
No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground with CON-
M
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0535E

EC-109
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 59, 60, 106, 108 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II

1. Disconnect ECM relay.

PBIB0493E

2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

SEF420X

EC-110
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
10A fuse
20A fuse EC
Harness connectors E60, F36
Harness connectors E61, F38
C
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
7. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and ECM relay terminal 2. E
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-334, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . G
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III H

1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 109, 111 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
I
Voltage: After turning ignition switch "OFF", battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop approximately 0V.
J

PBIB0536E L

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. M
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 11.

EC-111
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Disconnect ECM relay.

PBIB0493E

2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

SEF860T

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness or connectors E60, F36
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 10A fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and ECM relay terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal ECM relay terminal
12 7
109, 111 5

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK ECM RELAY

Refer to EC-113, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace ECM relay.

EC-112
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
13. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 59, 60, 106, 108 and engine ground. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00B1S

ECM RELAY G
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
H
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply
between terminals 1 and Yes
2 I
OFF No

3. If NG, replace ECM relay. J

PBIB0077E

EC-113
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710

Description EBS00B1T

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tonic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B1U

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
ECM can not communicate to other control
unit. Harness or connectors
U1000 CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
1000 line ECM can not communicate for more than the shorted)
specified time.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B1V

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-114
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B1W

EC

TBWA0096E

EC-115
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B1X

1. INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Print out the CONSULT-II screen.
A/T models

PBIB0538E

M/T models with ESP

PBIB0539E

>> Go to LAN-5, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR A/T MODELS)" or LAN-11, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR M/T MOD-
ELS)" .

EC-116
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL PFP:23796
A
Description EBS00B1Y

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM function ECM Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve C
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed

PBIB0540E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake J
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to K
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B1Z
L
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 5CA M
Shift lever: N
INT/V TIM (B1) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 20CA
quickly
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 50%
quickly
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B20

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-117
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
107 Y/R
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly

PBIB0532E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B21

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B22

CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P1111, first perform trouble diagnosis for "DTC P1111". See
EC-266 .
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".

EC-118
 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive sec- A
onds.
ENG SPEED 2,000 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
EC
COOLANT TEMPS 80 - 90C (176 - 194F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill C
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
SEF174Y
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-119, "Diagnostic Procedure" D
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II" above. E

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B23

1. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) F

Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) H

Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
J
3. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.
K
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
M

PBIB0565E

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For wiring diagram refer to CKP sensor (POS)EC-219 and CMP sensor (PHASE)EC-225 .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-119
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690

Description EBS00B24

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Engine coolant tempera- heater control
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture

The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B25

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warm up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B26

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sen-
2 P/L Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
sor 1 heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-120
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B27

A
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
Harness or connectors EC
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal
Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031 range.
sensor 1 heater open or shorted.)
0031 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to
control circuit low
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater C
heater.)
The current amperage in the heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal Harness or connectors
P0032
Heated oxygen
range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is D
sensor 1 heater shorted.)
0032 (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
control circuit high
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1 Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
heater.) E
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B28

NOTE:
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at G
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II. I
4. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
5. f 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-123, "Diagnostic Procedure"
J
.

SEF058Y
L
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds. M
3. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and run it for at least 6 seconds at idle speed.
6. Select MODE 3 with GST.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-123, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.

EC-121
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B29

TBWA0060E

EC-122
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B2A

1. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. EC
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0500E E

4. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. F

Voltage: Battery voltage

G

PBIB0541E
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. J

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

K
Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 L
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
M
>> Repair harness or connectors.

3. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and HO2S1 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-123
 DTC P0031, P0032 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-124, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B2B

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOT 1 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
1 and 4 2.3 - 4.3 at 25C (77F)
2 and 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

PBIB0542E

Removal and Installation EBS00B2C

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-124
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description EBS00B2D

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Heated oxygen sensor 2
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) heater control
C
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater D
Above 3,800 OFF
Below 3,800 ON
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B2E

Specification data are reference values.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
G
Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B2F

H
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- I
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR J
NO.
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is below 3,800 rpm.
0 - 1.0V K
After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of 70 km/h
Heated oxygen sen- (43 MPH) or more.
4 PU/R
sor 2 heater [Ignition switch ON]
L
Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,800 rpm. M
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B2G

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name

The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- Harness or connectors

Heated oxygen (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0037 sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
sensor 2 heater open or shorted.)
0037 (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
control circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater.) Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0038
sensor 2 heater (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to shorted.)
0038
control circuit high ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 1
heater.) Heater oxygen sensor 1 heater

EC-125
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B2H

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
3. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
4. Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-128, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
3. Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine.
6. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
7. Stop vehicle and let engine idle for at least 6 seconds.
8. Select MODE 3 with GST.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-128, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.

EC-126
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B2I

EC

TBWA0062E

EC-127
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B2J

1. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0500E

4. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0541E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 4 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-128
 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER A
Refer to EC-129, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. EC
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00B2K

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER E

1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
F
1 and 4 2.3 - 4.3 at 25C (77F)
2 and 1, 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4 (Continuity should not exist) G
2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped H
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
I

PBIB0542E
L
Removal and Installation EBS00B2L

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . M

EC-129
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680

Component Description EBS00B2M

The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.

SEC266C

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B2N

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.0 - 1.5V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS A/F SE-B1
Shift lever: N 2,500 rpm Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 gm/s
Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 gm/s
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B2O

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.1 - 1.5V
Idle speed
72 OR Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.6 - 2.0V
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
80 B/P Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
Idle speed

EC-130
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B2P

A
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Harness or connectors
EC
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input sent to ECM. Intake air leaks
Mass air flow sensor
C
Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
Mass air flow sensor
D

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up. E
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
F
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B2Q

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most. I
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-133, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
J

SEF058Y
L
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 M
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-133, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-133, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-131
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B2R

TBWA0055E

EC-132
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B2S

1. INSPECTION START A

Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?

P0102 or P0103 EC
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
C
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
D
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts. F
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

H
>> GO TO 4.

J
PBIB0494E

EC-133
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0495E

3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 80.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-134
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A
Refer to EC-135, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00B2T

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR E

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 72 (Mass air flow sensor F
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
G
Ignition switch "ON" (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.1 - 1.5
operating temperature.) H
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.6 - 2.0
normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.5 - 2.0 to Approx. 4.0 I
PBIB0537E
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. J
Turn ignition switch "OFF".

Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.

Perform steps 2 and 3 again.

K
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
6. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
L
Removal and Installation EBS00B2U

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" . M

EC-135
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description EBS00B2V

The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.

SEC266C

<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance k
temperature C (F)
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 84
(Intake air temperature sensor) and body ground.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B2W

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Intake air tempera-
P0112 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
ture sensor circuit
0112 sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air tempera-
P0113 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Intake air temperature sensor
ture sensor circuit
0113 sent to ECM.
high input

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B2X

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-139, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

EC-136
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above. A

EC

EC-137
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B2Y

TBWA0056E

EC-138
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B2Z

1. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor EC
is built-into) harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

PBIB0495E E

4. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground.

Voltage: Approximately 5V F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. G
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

PBIB0066E

I
2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
J
2. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. K
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. L
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR M

Refer to EC-140, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-139
 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00B30

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi-
nals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature C (F) Resistance k
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1

2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).

SEC266C

SEF012P

Removal and Installation EBS00B31

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-140
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description EBS00B32

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the EC
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. C

SEF594K
E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance k F
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 G
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 93 H
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and body ground. SEF012P

CAUTION:
I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B33
J
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant K
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
temperature sen-
0117 sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
sor circuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0118
Engine coolant
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Engine coolant temperature sensor
L
temperature sen-
0118 sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input

M
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)

Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40C (104F)
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80C (176F)
Start
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.

EC-141
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B34

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-144, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-142
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B35

EC

TBWA0057E

EC-143
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B36

1. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness
connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0496E

4. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0080E

2. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-145, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-144
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00B37

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
EC

D
PBIB0081E

<Reference data> E

Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance k
temperature C (F)
F
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 G
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and body ground. SEF012P
H
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
Removal and Installation EBS00B38 I
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to CO-21, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" .
J

EC-145
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0120 TP SENSOR PFP:16119

Component Description EBS00B39

Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi- PBIB0145E
tion.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B3A

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2 Shift lever:
D (A/T model) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T model)

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B3B

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
More than 0.36V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Throttle position sen- Accelerator pedal fully released
73 W
sor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
Less than 4.75V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal fully depressed

EC-146
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model) EC
Less than 4.75V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Throttle position sen- Accelerator pedal fully released
74 G C
sor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
More than 0.36V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
D
Accelerator pedal fully depressed

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B3C

E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
An excessively low or high voltage from
A) the throttle position sensor 1 is sent to F
ECM.
Harness or connectors
An excessively low or high voltage from (The throttle position sensor 1 or 2 circuit
B) the throttle position sensor 2 is sent to is open or shorted.)
ECM. G
Electric throttle control actuator
A difference between signals from sensor
C) 1 and sensor 2 is out of the specified
range. H
Harness or connectors
P0120 Throttle position sensor
(The throttle position sensor 1, 2, accel-
0120 circuit
erator pedal position sensor 1, 2, mass I
ECM detects a voltage of power source air flow sensor, power steering pressure
D) sensor or refrigerant pressure sensor cir-
for sensor is excessively low or high.
cuit is shorted.)
J
ECM
(ECM pin terminal is bend or break.)
Closed throttle position learning value is
E) K
excessively low.
Electric throttle control actuator
Closed throttle position learning is not
F)
performed successfully, repeatedly.
L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B, C or D is detected.
M
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle
position to be within +10 degrees.
Malfunction B
The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10 degrees.
Malfunction C* So, the acceleration will be poor.
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx.
Malfunction D
5 degrees) by the return spring.
*: The ECM enters in the fail-safe mode when the normal signal is entered to the ECM after the malfunction C was detected.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B3D

NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C AND D first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be con-
firmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E". If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION F".
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC-147
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C AND D
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-150, "MALFUNCTIONING
A, B, C, AND D" in "Diagnostic Procedure".

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch "ON".
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-152, "MALFUNCTION E
AND F" in "Diagnostic Procedure".

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION F
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch "ON".
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4, 32 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-152, "MALFUNCTION E
AND F" in "Diagnostic Procedure".

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-148
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B3E

EC

TBWA0058E

EC-149
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B3F

MALFUNCTIONING A, B, C, AND D
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0497E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for short between ECM and electric throttle control actuator
Harness for short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
Harness for short between ECM and mass air flow sensor
Harness for short between ECM and power steering pressure sensor
Harness for short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
ECM pin terminal

>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-150
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 74 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect joint connector-4.
3. Check the following.
J
Continuity between joint connector-4 terminal 1 and engine ground
Joint connector-4
(Refer to PG-29, "Harness Layout" .)
K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power. L
5. Then reconnect joint connector-4.
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-152, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

EC-151
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

MALFUNCTION E AND F
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B3G

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch "ON".
4. Set selector lever to "D" position (A/T models) or "1st" position (M/T models).

EC-152
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1), 74 (TP
sensor 2) and engine ground under the following conditions. A
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

73 Fully released More than 0.36V

EC
(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

74 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V C
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step. PBIB0559E

7. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . D

8. Perform EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Remove and Installation EBS00B3H E
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
F

EC-153
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0121 APP SENSOR PFP:18002

Component Description EBS00B3I

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals. PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B3J

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V

ACCEL SEN1
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 3.9V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.15 - 0.97V

ACCEL SEN2
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 3.8V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B3K

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
Accelerator pedal
64 OR/L position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.5V
power supply
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released
75 R/L
position sensor 1 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed

EC-154
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.09 - 0.48V
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released EC
76 B/W
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 1.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
C
Accelerator pedal
86 L position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V
ground
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B3L

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
An excessively low or high voltage from the
A) accelerator pedal position sensor 1 is sent to
ECM. Harness or connectors
(The accelerator pedal position
P0121 Accelerator pedal posi- An excessively low or high voltage from the F
sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or
0121 tion sensor circuit B) accelerator pedal position sensor 2 is sent to
shorted.)
ECM.
Electric throttle control actuator
C)
A difference between signals from sensor 1 and G
2 is out of the specified range.

FAIL-SAFE MODE H
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
I
Malfunction A The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the
idle position to be within +10 degrees.
Malfunction B
The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10 degrees.
Malfunction C So, the acceleration will be poor. J
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B3M

NOTE: K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. L

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-157, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-155
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B3N

TBWA0091E

EC-156
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B3O

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC

>> GO TO 2.
C

PBIB0494E E

2. CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
G

I
PBIB0498E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 4, 6 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester. J

APP sensor terminal Voltage (V)

4 Approximately 2.5 K
6 Approximately 5

OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0560E
M
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-157
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1, 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 75 and APP sensor terminal 5, ECM terminal 76 and
APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-159, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-158
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00B3P

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR A

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch "ON".
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 75 (APP sensor 1 sig- EC
nal), 76 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
C
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
75 Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 1) Fully depressed More than 3.9V D
76 Fully released 0.09 - 0.48V
(Accelerator pedal position
sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 1.9V E
PBIB0561E
4. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.
Remove and Installation EBS00B3Q
F
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .
G

EC-159
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0132 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00B3X

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B3Y

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B3Z

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 G/W Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-160
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B40

A
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.

EC

D
SEF301UA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E

Harness or connectors
P0132 Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0132 1 circuit high voltage sent to ECM. F
Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B41

NOTE: G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
H
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes. J
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-163, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
K

SEF174Y

WITH GST M
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for 2 minutes.
6. Select MODE 3 with GST.
7. If DTC is detected, go to EC-163, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when
using CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis.
Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.

EC-161
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B42

TBWA0059E

EC-162
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B43

1. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.

Tightening torque: 40 - 50 Nm (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb) EC

>> GO TO 2. C

PBIB0499E
E
2. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
F
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1
terminal 2.
G
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 H
terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIB0500E
I
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
3. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector. L
3. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist. M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-163
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00B44

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.

EC-164
 DTC P0132 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3.Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. A
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time. EC
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V C

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped D
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
Removal and Installation EBS00B45
E
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
F

EC-165
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0133 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00B46

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B47

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B48

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 G/W Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-166
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B49

A
To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1, this diagnosis
measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal. The time
is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback
control constant, and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index. EC
Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (heated oxy-
gen sensor 1 cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
C

D
SEF010V

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E

Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor 1
F
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater

P0133 Heated oxygen sensor The response of the voltage signal from the Fuel pressure
G
0133 1 circuit slow response sensor takes more than the specified time. Injectors
Intake air leaks
Exhaust gas leaks
H
PCV valve
Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B4A

I

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above 10C (14F).
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. L
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds. M
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P0133" of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch START.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.

SEF338Z

EC-167
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 20 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,650 - 3,600 rpm
Vehicle speed More than 80 km/h (50 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.0 - 14.5msec
Selector lever Suitable position

If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from SEF339Z

step 2.
7. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG
RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-170, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEF658Y

Overall Function Check EBS00B4B

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
0 - 0.3V
4. If NG, go to EC-170, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB0543E

EC-168
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B4C

EC

TBWA0059E

EC-169
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B4D

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 50 Nm (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)

>> GO TO 3.

PBIB0499E

3. CHECK FOR EXHAUST AIR LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst (Mani-
fold).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace.

SEF099P

4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-170
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
C
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
G
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- H
nector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-46, "HOW TO I
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. J
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
K
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or DTC P0172 (Refer to EC-194 or EC-200 ).
No >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1
terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1
terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
PBIB0500E
Continuity should not exist.
5. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-171
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-124, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.

8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-135, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK PCV VALVE

Refer to EC-375, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace PCV valve.

10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B4E

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

EC-172
 DTC P0133 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check the following.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes A
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. EC
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

C

SEF217YA
D

G
SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 H
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. J
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time. K
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

L
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped M
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
Removal and Installation EBS00B4F

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-173
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0134 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00B4G

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B4H

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B4I

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 G/W Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-174
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B4J

A
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks EC
that this time is not inordinately long.

D
SEF237U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E

Heated oxygen sensor Harness or connectors

P0134 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
1 circuit high no activity
0134 approx. 0.3V. F
detected Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B4K

CAUTION: G
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

TESTING CONDITION: I
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
2. Select HO2S1 (B1) P0134" of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START.
K
4. Let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If L
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 4.

PBIB0544E

5. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be dis-

played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED 1,550 - 3,600 rpm
Vehicle speed More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.9 - 14.5 msec
Selector lever Suitable position

If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from PBIB0545E

step 2.

EC-175
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG
RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-178, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEC750C

Overall Function Check EBS00B4L

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.
4. If NG, go to EC-178, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB0543E

EC-176
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B4M

EC

TBWA0059E

EC-177
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B4N

1. INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect HO2S1 harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 3 and
ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- PBIB0500E
nectors.

3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-178
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection EBS00B4O

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 C

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT- D
II.
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- E
ing steps.
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
F

SEF646Y

H
6. Check the following.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds. I
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. J

HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

K
SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.

EC-179
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
Removal and Installation EBS00B4P

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-180
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0138 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS00B4Q

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B4R

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up LEAN RICH
rpm quickly.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B4S

H
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- I
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) J
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen-
95 OR/B Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2 K
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B4T

L
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor M
2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

SEF305UA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
P0138 Heated oxygen sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0138 2 circuit high voltage sent to ECM.
Heated oxygen sensor 2

EC-181
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B4U

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
3. Stop vehicle with engine running.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-184, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF189Y

Overall Function Check EBS00B4V

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 1.4V during this procedure.
5. If NG, go to EC-184, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB0550E

EC-182
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B4W

EC

TBWA0061E

EC-183
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B4X

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-46, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-200 .
No >> GO TO 3.

EC-184
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and EC
engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- PBIB0500E
nectors. E
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
Continuity should exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-185, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. L

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B4Y

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.

EC-185
 DTC P0138 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

4. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.

PBIB0551E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not neces-
sary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D posi-
tion with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Removal and Installation EBS00B4Z

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-186
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0139 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS00B50

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B51

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up LEAN RICH
rpm quickly.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B52

H
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- I
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) J
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen-
95 OR/B Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2 K
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B53

L
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor M
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condition
such as fuel-cut.

SEF302U

EC-187
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)

P0139 Heated oxygen sensor It takes more time for the sensor to respond Heated oxygen sensor 2
0139 2 circuit slow response between rich and lean than the specified time. Fuel pressure
Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B54

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
COMPLETED will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests COND1, COND2 and
COND3 are completed.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry this procedure from step 2 in
Procedure for COND1.
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S2 (B1) P0139 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch START.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If COMPLETED appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in Procedure for COND3.
If COMPLETED does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
7. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
8. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed at COND1 on the CONSULT-II
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLANT TEMP/S 70 - 105 C
Selector level Suitable position

PBIB0552E

NOTE:
If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in Procedure for COND1.

EC-188
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
If COMPLETED already appears at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen before Procedure for
COND2 is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND2. A
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completely with OD
OFF (A/T models only) from the above condition [step 8] until EC
INCOMPLETE at COND2 on CONSULT-II screen has turned
to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE: C
If COMPLETED already appears at COND3 on CONSULT-II
screen before Procedure for COND3 is conducted, it is unnec-
essary to conduct step 1 in Procedure for COND3.
D

PBIB0553E
E
Procedure for COND3
1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until INCOMPLETE of COND3 on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to COMPLETED. (It will take a
F
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG
RESULTS.
If "NG" is displayed, refer to EC-191, "Diagnostic Procedure" . G

SEF668Y

Overall Function Check EBS00B55

I

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
J
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running. K
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. L
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second
during this procedure. M
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not nec-
essary.
5. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should change at more than 0.06V for 1 second PBIB0550E
during this procedure.
6. If NG, go to EC-191, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-189
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B56

TBWA0061E

EC-190
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B57

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC

>> GO TO 2.
C

PBIB0494E E

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

F
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode G
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. H
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
I

SEF215Z J

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. L
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed. M
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-402, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-194 or EC-200 .
No >> GO TO 3.

EC-191
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and
engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- PBIB0500E
nectors.

4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-192, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B58

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.

EC-192
 DTC P0139 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. A

EC

SEF662Y
D
4. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.

PBIB0551E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. H
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 I
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. J
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load K
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this L
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not neces-
sary.
M
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D posi-
tion with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Removal and Installation EBS00B59

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-193
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B5A

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MI (2 trip detection logic).
ECM
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
function
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injec-
Heated oxygen sensors 1 Fuel injectors
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) tion control

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Intake air leaks
Heated oxygen sensor 1

Fuel injection system does not operate properly. Injectors

P0171 Fuel injection system The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too Exhaust gas leaks
0171 too lean large. Incorrect fuel pressure
(The mixture ratio is too lean.) Lack of fuel
Mass air flow sensor
Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B5B

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSUTL-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
5. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-197, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine
starts, go to EC-197, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not
start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. SEF215Z

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-194
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Select MODE 7 with GST. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is EC
detected.
6. Select MODE 4 with GST and erase the 1st trip DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. C
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC- PBIB0495E
197, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-197, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. E

EC-195
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B5C

TBWA0063E

EC-196
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B5D

1. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK A

1. Start engine and run it at idle.

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace. C

SEF099P E

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

F
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
H
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector. I
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. J

Continuity should exist.

5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
L
6. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. M
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-34, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-34, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.7 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the construction of "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK".

EC-197
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: at idling
4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: at idling
4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-130, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.

PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.

MEC703B

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for INJECTORS, EC-343 .

EC-198
 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INJECTOR A
1. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors. EC
4. Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-29, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected. C
5. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
6. Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
D
7. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays
out from injectors.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out. F
Always replace O-ring with new ones.

SEF595Q
G

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

H
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END I

EC-199
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION PFP:16600

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B5E

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and light up the MI (2 trip detection logic).
ECM
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
function
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Fuel injec-
Heated oxygen sensors 1 Fuel injectors
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) tion control

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Heated oxygen sensor 1
Fuel injection system does not operate properly. Injectors
P0172 Fuel injection system The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too Exhaust gas leaks
0172 too rich large.
(The mixture ratio is too rich.) Incorrect fuel pressure
Mass air flow sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B5F

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CON-
SULT-II.
4. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
5. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes.
The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a
malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
7. If it is difficult to start engine at step 6, the fuel injection system
has a malfunction, too.
8. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine
does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. SEF215Z

WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-200
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Then
restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Select MODE 7 with GST. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is EC
detected.
6. Select MODE 4 with GST and erase the 1st trip DTC P0102.
7. Start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes. C
8. Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be
detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC- PBIB0495E
203, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
If engine starts, go to EC-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake E
air leak visually.

EC-201
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B5G

TBWA0063E

EC-202
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B5H

1. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK A

1. Start engine and run it at idle.

2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before three way catalyst. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace. C

SEF099P E

2. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

F
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. G
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding heated oxygen sensor 1 (HO2S1) harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.

5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K
Continuity should not exist.
6. Also check harness for short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
4. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-34, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-34, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .
At idling: 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.7 kg/cm2, 51 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the construction of "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK".

EC-203
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: at idling
4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.0 - 4.0 gm/sec: at idling
4.0 - 10 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-130, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

6. CHECK FUNCTION OF INJECTORS

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.

PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.

MEC703B

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for INJECTORS, EC-343 .

EC-204
 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK INJECTOR A
1. Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-29, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. EC
3. Disconnect injector harness connectors.
The injector harness connectors should remain connected.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. C
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector. D
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. E

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

F
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END G

EC-205
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE PFP:00000

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B5I

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire

The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.

1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MI will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revo-
lutions for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire Improper spark plug
Multiple cylinder misfire.
0300 detected Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire Incorrect fuel pressure
No. 1 cylinder misfires.
0301 detected
The injector circuit is open or shorted
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire Fuel injectors
No. 2 cylinder misfires.
0302 detected
Intake air leak
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire
No. 3 cylinder misfires. The ignition signal circuit is open or
0303 detected
shorted
Lack of fuel
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire
No. 4 cylinder misfires. Drive plate or flywheel
0304 detected
Heated oxygen sensor 1

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B5J

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-206
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. Start engine again and drive at 1,500 to 3,000 rpm for at least 3
minutes. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
NOTE:
Refer to the freeze frame data for the test driving condi- EC
tions.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-207, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
C

PBIB0164E
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B5K E
1. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. F
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. G
NG >> Discover air leak location and repair.

2. CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING H

1. Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
OK or NG
I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace it.
J

EC-207
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?

PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?

PBIB0510E

Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4.
No >> GO TO 7.

4. CHECK INJECTOR
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-343,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .

MEC703B

EC-208
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK IGNITION SPARK A
1. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
2. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
3. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine. EC
4. Check for spark.
OK or NG
C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
Refer to EC-334, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
D

E
SEF575Q

6. CHECK SPARK PLUGS F

Remove the spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair or replace spark plug(s) with standard type
one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-25, "Checking H
and Changing Spark Plugs" .

SEF156I

J
7. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-52, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" .
K
Standard: 1,190 kPa (11.9 bar, 12.1 kg/cm2 , 172 psi)/250
rpm
Minimum: 990 kPa (9.9 bar, 10.1 kg/cm2 , 144 psi)/250 rpm L
Difference between each 2
98 kPa (0.98 bar, 1.0 kg/cm , 14 psi)/250 rpm
cylinder:
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.

8. CHECK FUEL PRESSURE

1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-34, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-34, "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK" .

At idle: Approx. 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.7 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Follow the construction of "FUEL PRESSURE CHECK".

EC-209
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check the following items. Refer to EC-64, "Basic Inspection" .
Items Specifications
A/T 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
Target idle speed
M/T 650 50 rpm
A/T 16 5 BTDC (in "P" or "N" position)
Ignition timing
M/T 14 5 BTDC

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Follow the Basic Inspection.

10. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-164, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

11. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec: at idling
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec: at idling
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
engine grounds. Refer to EC-130, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .

12. CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART

Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-69, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Repair or replace.

13. ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC

Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-46, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .

>> GO TO 14.

EC-210
 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MIS-
FIRE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

EC-211
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060

Component Description EBS00B5L

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

PBIB0512E

The MI will not light for knock sensor malfunction.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B5M

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
82 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B5N

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
Name
P0327 Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
Harness or connectors
0327 low input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
Knock sensor
0328 high input sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B5O

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

EC-212
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-215, "Diagnostic Procedure" A
.

EC

SEF058Y
D
WITH GST
Follow the procedure "WITH CONSULT-II" above.
E

EC-213
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B5P

TBWA0064E

EC-214
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B5Q

1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. EC
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 82 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M. C

Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)]

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2. E

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
F
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.

I
PBIB0512E

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and knock sensor terminal 1. J
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

M
Refer to EC-216, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.

EC-215
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 5.

PBIB0494E

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B5R

KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 M.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.

SEF478Y

Removal and Installation EBS00B5S

KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-64, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-216
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
A
Component Description EBS00B5T

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at EC
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth C
cause the gap with the sensor change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change. D
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes. PBIB0562E
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
E
the engine revolution.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B5U

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the G
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value.
value.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B5V H

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- I
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE J
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 3V
K
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
L

PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
71 PU/R M
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V

[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0528E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-217
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B5W

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
Harness or connectors
The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0335 Crankshaft position
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
0335 sensor (POS) circuit Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
while the engine is running.
Signal plate
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B5X

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch "ON".
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-220, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-218
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B5Y

EC

TBWA0065E

EC-219
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B5Z

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.

PBIB0512E

2. Turn ignition switch "ON".

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0664E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-220
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK CKP (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 71 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection" .
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
J
7. CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace the signal plate. L

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B60

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

EC-221
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connec-
tor.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB0563E

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)

PBIB0564E

Removal and Installation EBS00B61

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EM-64, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-222
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
A
Component Description EBS00B62

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction with

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The crankshaft EC
position sensor (POS) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification C
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause D
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to PBIB0562E
change.
E
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B63

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground. F
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. G
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO. H
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running] I
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
J
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
63 L/W
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
K

[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. L

PBIB0526E
M
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B64

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sen- Camshaft (Intake)
The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
0340 sor (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. Starter motor (Refer to SC-21 .)
The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-21 .)
pattern during engine running.
Dead (Weak) battery

EC-223
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B65

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch "ON".
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-226, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5
seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-226, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF013Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-224
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B66

EC

TBWA0066E

EC-225
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B67

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-21, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

2. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 3.

PBIB0494E

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch "ON".

PBIB0496E

3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0664E

EC-226
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ECM and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". D
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and engine ground.
Continuity should exist.
E
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. F
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 63 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
L
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

M
Check the following.
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB0565E

EC-227
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B68

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connec-
tor.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB0563E

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)

PBIB0564E

Removal and Installation EBS00B69

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EM-33, "CAMSHAFT" .

EC-228
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION PFP:20905
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B6A

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of heated oxygen

sensors 1 and 2. EC
A three way catalyst (Manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase. C
When the frequency ratio of heated oxygen sensors 1 and 2
approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (Manifold)
malfunction is diagnosed. D

PBIB0067E
E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Three way catalyst (Manifold) F
Exhaust tube
Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not oper- Intake air leaks
P0420 Catalyst system effi- ate properly.
Fuel injectors G
0420 ciency below threshold Three way catalyst (Manifold) does not have
enough oxygen storage capacity. Fuel injector leaks
Spark plug
Improper ignition timing H

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B6B

NOTE: I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II J
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure.
K
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUP- L
PORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine.
4. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecu- M
tive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If "INCMP" of "CATALYST" changed to "COMPLT", go to step 7
5. Wait 5 seconds at idle.

PBIB0566E

EC-229
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until
INCMP of "CATALYST" changes to CMPLT (It will take
approximately 5 minutes).
If not CMPLT, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70C
(158F) and then retest from step 1.

PBIB0567E

7. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.

8. Confirm that the 1st trip DTC is not detected.
If the 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-231, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF535Z

Overall Function Check EBS00B6C

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (Manifold). During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 signal]
and engine ground, and ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 signal] and
engine ground.
4. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.

PBIB0543E

5. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 95 and engine ground is very less than
that of ECM terminal 92 and engine ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
does not operate properly. Go to EC-231, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
NOTE: PBIB0550E
If the voltage at terminal 92 does not switch periodically more than 5
times within 10 seconds at step 5, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133 first. (See EC-166 .)

EC-230
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B6D

1. CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM A

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent.

OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair or replace.
C
2. CHECK EXHAUST AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
D
2. Listen for an exhaust air leak before the three way catalyst
(Manifold).
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
F

G
SEF099P

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK H

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. I
NG >> Repair or replace.

4. CHECK IGNITION TIMING J

Check the following items. Refer to EC-64, "Basic Inspection" .
Items Specifications K
A/T 16 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T 14 5 BTDC
L
A/T 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
Target idle speed
M/T 650 50 rpm

OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Follow the Basic Inspection.

EC-231
 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1. Refer to Wiring Diagram for Injectors, EC-344 .
2. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Battery voltage should exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Perform EC-345, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB0568E

6. CHECK IGNITION SPARK

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil assembly from rocker cover.
3. Connect a known good spark plug to the ignition coil assembly.
4. Place end of spark plug against a suitable ground and crank engine.
5. Check for spark.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Check ignition coil with power transistor and their circuit.
Refer to EC-334, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .

SEF575Q

7. CHECK INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove injector assembly.
Refer to EM-29, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 8.
NG (Drips.)>>Replace the injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END

Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (Manifold).

EC-232
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE PFP:14920 A

Description EBS00B6E

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
ECM func-
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
tion
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Ignition switch Start signal EVAP can- D
ister purge EVAP canister purge volume
Throttle position sensor Throttle position flow con- control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position trol
E
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Heated oxygen sensors 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed F
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas-
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the G
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. H
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis- I
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. J

SEF337U
L
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B6F

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION M
Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 20 - 30%
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B6G

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-233
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Idle speed (11 - 14V)

Approximately 10V
EVAP canister purge
13 P volume control sole-
noid valve [Engine is running]
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm

PBIB0520E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B6H

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0444 An excessively low voltage signal is sent shorted.)
control solenoid valve circuit
0444 to ECM through the valve
open EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
Harness or connectors
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
P0445 An excessively high voltage signal is sent
control solenoid valve circuit
0445 to ECM through the valve EVAP canister purge volume control
shorted
solenoid valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B6I

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-236, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-234
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B6J

EC

TBWA0067E

EC-235
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B6K

1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0501E

4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0148E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Fuse and fuse block (J/B) connector E103
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 4.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-236
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
EC
2. Start engine.
3. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

PBIB0569E

5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE F

Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
H
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
I
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00B6L J
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control K
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B L
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
M

PBIB0149E

Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No

PBIB0150E

EC-237
 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00B6M

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .

EC-238
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
A
Component Description EBS00B6N

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP mod-
els), 4WD/ABS control unit (without ESP models). The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM. EC
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B6O

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
C
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
D
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
E
Approximately 2.3V

[Engine is running]
F
81 L/B Vehicle speed sensor Lift up the vehicle
Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH)

G
PBIB0531E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B6P

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
I
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from Wheel sensor
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor combination meter is sent to ECM even J
0500 ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP models)
when vehicle is being driven.
4WD/ABS control unit (without ESP models)
Combination meter
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B6Q

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.

EC-239
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Read "VHCL SPEED SE" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CON-
SULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-243, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
SEF196Y
ENG SPEED 2,000 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70C (158F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.9 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-243, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Overall Function Check EBS00B6R

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up the vehicle.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in "MODE 1" with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-243, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-240
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B6S

LHD MODELS A

EC

TBWA0068E

EC-241
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

TBWA0069E

EC-242
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B6T

1. CHECK DTC WITH ESP/TCS/ABS CONTROL UNIT, 4WD/ABS CONTROL UNIT A

Check DTC with ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP models), 4WD/ABS control unit (without ESP models).
Refer to BRC-60 or BRC-7 . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. C

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter function. D
Refer to DI-10, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" (LHD mod-
els), DI-28, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" (RHD models).
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to combination meter.
F
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 and combination meter terminal 49 (LHD models), 62
(RHD models).
H
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. J

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

K
Check the following.
Harness connectors M62, F42
Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter L

>> Repair harness or connectors.

M
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-243
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR PFP:49763

Component Description EBS00CZJ

Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.

PBIB0502E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00CZK

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00CZL

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pres- Steering wheel is being turned.
67 P
sure sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
Steering wheel is not being turned.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00CZM

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
P0550 Power steering pres- An excessively low or high voltage from the (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0550 sure sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
Power steering pressure sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00CZN

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.

EC-244
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-247, "Diagnostic Procedure" . A

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above. EC

EC-245
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00CZO

TBWA0087E

EC-246
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00CZP

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC

>> GO TO 2.
C

PBIB0494E E

2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch "ON".
G

I
PBIB0502E

3. Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. J

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
L

SEF509Y
M
3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-247
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 67 and PSP sensor terminal 2.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

5. CHECK PSP SENSOR

Refer to EC-248, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PSP sensor.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00CZQ

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 67 and ground under the
following conditions.

Condition Voltage
Steering wheel is being turned fully. Approximately 3.6V
Steering wheel is not being turned. Approximately 0.6V

PBIB0570E

EC-248
 DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
A
Component Description EBS00B72

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC

SEF093X
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B73

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. G

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected. H
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A I
degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B74

Perform "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A" first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform " J
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B". If there is no problem on "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B", perform "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C".
NOTE: K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A L
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. M
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-251, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-249
 DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn "ON".
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-251, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn "ON".
4. Repeat step 3 procedure, 32 times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-251, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-250
 DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B75

1. INSPECTION START A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ERASE.
C
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-249 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
D
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST. E
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-249 . F
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. G
No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM H

1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-48, "NATS
I
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform EC-31, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . J
5. Perform EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END K

EC-251
 DTC P0650 MI
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0650 MI PFP:24810

Component Description EBS00B76

Malfunction Indicator (MI) is located on the instrument panel. When the ignition switch is turned ON without
engine running, MI will light up. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, MI should go off. If MI
remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B77

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM
through the MI circuit under the condition
Harness or connectors
P0650 Malfunction indicator that calls for MI light up.
(MI circuit is open or shorted.)
0650 (MI) control circuit An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM
MI
through the MI circuit under the condition
that calls for MI not to light up.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when both DTC P0650 and another DTC, which calls for MI to light up, are
detected at the same time.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
MI circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B78

NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure "WITH CONSULT-II" above.

EC-252
 DTC P0650 MI
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B79

EC

TBWA0130E

EC-253
 DTC P0650 MI
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B7A

1. CHECK MI POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Check voltage between combination meter terminal 46 (LHD

models), 59 (RHD models) and ground with CONSULT-II or
tester
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0571E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse block (J/B) and combination meter

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3. CHECK MI OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 18 and combination meter terminal 62 (LHD models), 52
(RHD models). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-254
 DTC P0650 MI
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK COMBINATION METER A
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check continuity under the following conditions. EC

CONDITION MODEL Terminal No. (Polarity) Continuity

LHD 62 (+) - 46 () C
1 Should exist.
RHD 52 (+) - 59 ()
LHD 46 (+) - 62 ()
2 Should not exist. D
RHD 59 (+) - 52 ()

PBIB0572E

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-21, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter"
(LHD models), DI-38, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter" (RHD models). I
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . J

>> INSPECTION END

K

EC-255
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710

Component Description EBS00B7B

Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.

SEF093X

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B7C

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
P1065 ECM power supply cir- ECM back up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
1065 cuit properly. open or shorted.]
ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B7D

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn "ON".
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-258, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-256
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B7E

EC

TBWA0129E

EC-257
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B7F

1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 66 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0573E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and battery

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-256 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-256 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END

EC-258
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-48, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" . EC
3. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
C
>> INSPECTION END

EC-259
 DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680

Component Description EBS00B7G

The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.

SEC266C

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B7H

Specification data are reference values.

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.0 - 1.5V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS A/F SE-B1
Shift lever: N 2,500 rpm Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 gm/s
Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 gm/s
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B7I

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.1 - 1.5V
Idle speed
72 OR Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.6 - 2.0V
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
80 B/P Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
Idle speed

EC-260
 DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B7J

A
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name

Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors

P1102 A voltage from the sensor is constantly EC
circuit range/perfor- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
1102 approx.1.0V when engine is running.
mance problem Mass air flow sensor

C
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode D
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B7K

E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
F
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. G
3. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-263, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. H

SEF058Y J

WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
K

EC-261
 DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B7L

TBWA0055E

EC-262
 DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B7M

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC

>> GO TO 2.
C

PBIB0494E E

2. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
G

I
PBIB0495E

3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
J
Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. L
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0076E M

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-263
 DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 80.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B7N

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 72 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch "ON" (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.1 - 1.5
operating temperature.)
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.6 - 2.0
normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.5 - 2.0 to Approx. 4.0
PBIB0537E
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following.
Turn ignition switch "OFF".

EC-264
 DTC P1102 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Perform steps 2 and 3 again. A
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
6. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
EC
Removal and Installation EBS00B7O

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" . C

EC-265
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796

Component Description EBS00B7P

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB0195E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B7Q

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 50%
quickly
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B7R

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
107 Y/R
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly

PBIB0532E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B7S

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Intake valve timing con- An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Intake valve timing control solenoid
P1111
trol solenoid valve cir- through intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
1111
cuit valve.
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

EC-266
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B7T

A
NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF"
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-269, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. D

SEF058Y
F
WITH GST
Following the procedure "WITH CONSULT-II" above.
G

EC-267
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B7U

TBWA0070E

EC-268
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B7V

1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCIUT A

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. EC

E
PBIB0511E

3. Turn ignition switch "ON".

F
4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H

I
PBIB0285E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART

J
Check the harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay.

>> Repair harness or connectors. K

3. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
M
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 107 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi-
nal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-270, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

EC-269
 DTC P1111 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B7W

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Approximately 8 at 20C (68F)

1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)

PBIB0574E

Removal and Installation EBS00B7X

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EM-43, "TIMING CHAIN" .

EC-270
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119
A
Description EBS00B7Y

Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition. C

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B7Z

D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion. E
P1121 Electric throttle control
Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
F

FAIL-SAFE MODE
G
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B or C is detected
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. H
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. I
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in "N" or "P" position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B80

J
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be con-
firmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C". K
If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B, perform PROCEDURE
FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
L
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II M
1. Turn ignition witch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Shift selector lever to "D" position (A/T), "1st" position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn "ON".
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-272, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure "WITH CONSULT-II" above.

EC-271
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Shift selector lever to "D" position (A/T), "1st" position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Shift selector lever to "N" or "P" position.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-272, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

With GST
Follow the procedure "With CONSULT-II" above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B81

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-272
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119
A
Description EBS00B82

NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121. Refer to EC
EC-271 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed- C
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B83

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION: E
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- F
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

0 - 14V G
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Throttle control motor Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
114 R H
(Open) Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal is depressing

PBIB0533E
I
Throttle control motor [Engine is running]
115 B/Y Approximately 0V
ground Idle speed
J
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch "ON"]

Throttle control motor Gear position is "D" (A/T model) K
116 G
(Close) Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal is releasing

PBIB0534E
L

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B84

M

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control feedback function does Harness or connectors
A)
P1122 Electric throttle control not operate properly. (Throttle control motor circuit is
1122 function An excessively high ampere of current flows open or shorted.)
B)
through throttle control motor to ECM. Electric throttle control actuator

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.

EC-273
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B85

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-276, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.

EC-274
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B86

EC

TBWA0092E

EC-275
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B87

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
114 Should exist
6
116 Should not exist
114 Should not exist PBIB0497E
3
116 Should exist

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 115 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-276
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY A
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle C
control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E
E
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-277, "Component Inspection" .
F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 8. G
6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect joint connector-4. H
2. Check harness continuity between joint connector-4 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. K

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. M

8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B88

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector F19.

EC-277
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 [at 25 C (77F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step.
4. Perform EC-31, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-31, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

PBIB0095E

EC-278
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS00CZR

Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends EC
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
C
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00CZS

Specification data are reference values.

D
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00CZT

E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
F
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
MINAL
WIRE
ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
G
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch "OFF"] H
112 W/R (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch "ON"] 0 - 1.0V
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
113 W/B [Ignition switch "ON"] I
relay power supply (11 - 14V)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00CZU

J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is Harness or connectors
A)
P1123 Throttle control motor stuck ON. (Throttle control motor relay cir-
K
1123 relay circuit ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is cuit is open or shorted.)
B)
stuck OFF. Throttle control motor relay

L
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode M
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening
Malfunction A
(approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00CZV

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.

EC-279
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-282, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.

EC-280
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00CZW

EC

TBWA0093E

EC-281
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00CZX

1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector.

PBIB0505E

3. Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0575E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 113 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-282
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
D
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36 E
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay

F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

G
Refer to EC-283, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. H
NG >> Replace throttle control motor relay.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

J
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00CZY

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY K

1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
L
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
No current supply No M
3. If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.

PBIB0098E

EC-283
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1143 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00BBD

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BBE

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BBF

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 G/W Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-284
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BBG

A
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected. EC

D
SEF300U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E

Heated oxygen sensor 1

The maximum and minimum voltage from the Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
P1143 Heated oxygen sensor F
sensor are not reached to the specified volt- Fuel pressure
1143 1 lean shift monitoring
ages. Injectors
Intake air leaks
G
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BBH

CAUTION: H
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above 10C (14F).
J
Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P1143" of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II. L
4. Touch START.
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE: M
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.

PBIB0546E

EC-285
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,400 - 3,200 rpm
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.9 - 14.5 msec
Selector lever Suitable position

If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from PBIB0547E

step 2.
7. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG
RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-286, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEC769C

Overall Function Check EBS00BBI

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is over 0.1V at least one time.
4. If NG, go to EC-286, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB0543E

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BBJ

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

EC-286
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 50 Nm (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)
EC

>> GO TO 3.
C

D
PBIB0499E

3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA E

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
H

SEF215Z

J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- L
nector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-46, "HOW TO M
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-194 .
No >> GO TO 4.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to EC-124, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-287
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EC-288, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-162, "Wiring Diagram" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BBK

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF217YA

SEF648Y

EC-288
 DTC P1143 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 A
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. C
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.
D
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

E
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E
F
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
G
Removal and Installation EBS00BBL

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" . H

EC-289
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1144 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00BBM

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BBN

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BBO

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 G/W Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-290
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BBP

A
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high. The lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected. EC

D
SEF299U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E

Heated oxygen sensor 1

P1144 Heated oxygen sensor The maximum and minimum voltages from the Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
F
1144 1 rich shift monitoring sensor are beyond the specified voltages. Fuel pressure
Injectors

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BBQ

G

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: I
Always perform at a temperature above 10C (14F).
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds. K
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P1144" of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch START. L
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If M
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.

PBIB0548E

EC-291
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be dis-
played on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions con-
tinuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED 1,400 - 3,200 rpm
Vehicle speed Less than 100 km/h (62 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.9 - 14.5 msec
Selector lever Suitable position

If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from PBIB0549E

step 2.
7. Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG
RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-292, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .

SEC772C

Overall Function Check EBS00BBR

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1(B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check one of the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm
constant under no load.
The maximum voltage is below 0.8V at least one time.
The minimum voltage is below 0.35V at least one time.
4. If NG, go to EC-292, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB0543E

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BBS

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

EC-292
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. RETIGHTEN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 A
Loosen and retighten heated oxygen sensor 1.
Tightening torque: 40 - 50 Nm (4.1 - 5.1 kg-m, 30 - 37 ft-lb)
EC

>> GO TO 3.
C

D
PBIB0499E

3. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA E

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. F
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. G
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
H

SEF215Z

J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con- L
nector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-46, "HOW TO M
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-200 .
No >> GO TO 4.

EC-293
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S1 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check connectors for water.
Water should not exist.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

PBIB0500E

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER

Refer to EC-124, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-294, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
For circuit, refer to EC-162, "Wiring Diagram" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BBT

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

EC-294
 DTC P1144 HO2S1
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. Check the following.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes A
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once. EC
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

C

SEF217YA
D

G
SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 H
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. I
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. J
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time. K
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

L
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped M
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
Removal and Installation EBS00BBU

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-295
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1146 HO2S2 PFP:226A0

Component Description EBS00BBV

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BBW

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up LEAN RICH
rpm quickly.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BBX

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen-
95 OR/B Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BBY

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time

between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is suffi-
ciently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

PBIB0554E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor
P1146 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not Heated oxygen sensor 2
2 minimum voltage
1146 reached to the specified voltage.
monitoring Fuel pressure
Injectors

EC-296
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BBZ

A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
"COMPLETED" will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests "COND1", "COND2" and EC
"COND3" are completed.
If "DTC confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. C
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in "Pro-
cedure for COND1" D
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
E
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch "ON" and select "HO2S2 (B1) P1146" of "HO2S2" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode F
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch "START".
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds. G
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If "COMPLETED" appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in "Procedure for COND3".
If "COMPLETED" does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step. H
7. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
8. When the following conditions are met, "TESTING" will be displayed at "COND1" on the CONSULT-II
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until "TESTING" changes to "COMPLETED". (It will take I
approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec J
COOLANT TEMP/S 70 - 105C
Selector lever Suitable position
K

PBIB0555E

NOTE:
If "TESTING" is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in " Procedure for COND1".

If "COMPLETED" already appears at "COND2" on CONSULT-II screen before "Procedure for

COND2" is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in " Procedure for COND2".

EC-297
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with "OD"
OFF (A/T models only) from the above condition [step 8] until
"INCOMPLETE" at "COND2" on CONSULT-II screen has turned
to "COMPLETED" (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE:
If "COMPLETE" already appears at "COND3" on CONSULT-
II screen before "Procedure for COND3" is conducted, it is
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in "Procedure for COND3".

PBIB0556E

Procedure for COND3

1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until "INCOMPLETE" of "COND3" on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to "COMPLETED". (It will take a
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that "OK" is displayed after touching "SELF-DIAG
RESULTS".
If "NG" is displayed, refer to EC-300, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEC775C

Overall Function Check EBS00BC0

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not nec-
essary.
5. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, go to EC-300, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-298
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BC1

EC

TBWA0061E

EC-299
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BC2

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?

SEF215Z

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-46, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-200 .
No >> GO TO 3.

EC-300
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and EC
engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- PBIB0500E
nectors. E
4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
G
Continuity should exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-301, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. L

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BC3

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.

EC-301
 DTC P1146 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.

SEF662Y

4. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.

PBIB0551E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not neces-
sary.
5. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Removal and Installation EBS00BC4

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-302
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1147 HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS00BC5

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BC6

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up LEAN RICH
rpm quickly.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BC7

H
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- I
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) J
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen-
95 OR/B Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2 K
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BC8

L
The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1. The oxygen
storage capacity before the three way catalyst causes the longer
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor M
2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is suf-
ficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut.

SEF259VA

EC-303
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Heated oxygen sensor Heated oxygen sensor 2
P1147 The maximum voltage from the sensor is not
2 maximum voltage
1147 reached to the specified voltage. Fuel pressure
monitoring
Injectors
Intake air leaks

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BC9

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
"COMPLETED" will appear on CONSULT-II screen when all tests "COND1", "COND2" and
"COND3" are completed.
If "DTC confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never stop engine during this procedure. If the engine is stopped, retry procedure from step 2 in "Pro-
cedure for COND1"
WITH CONSULT-II
Procedure for COND1
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch "ON" and select "HO2S2 (B1) P1147" of "HO2S2" in "DTC WORK SUPPORT" mode
with CONSULT-II.
4. Touch "START".
5. Start engine and let it idle for at least 30 seconds.
6. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm 2 or 3 times quickly under no load.
If "COMPLETED" appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 2 in "Procedure for COND3".
If "COMPLETED" does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to the following step.
7. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
8. When the following conditions are met, "TESTING" will be displayed at "COND1" on the CONSULT-II
screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until "TESTING" changes to "COMPLETED". (It will take
approximately 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED More than 1,000 rpm
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 1.0 msec
COOLANT TEMP/S 70 - 105C
Selector lever Suitable position

PBIB0557E

NOTE:
If "TESTING" is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2 in "Procedure for COND1".

EC-304
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
If "COMPLETED" already appears at "COND2" on CONSULT-II screen before "Procedure for
COND2" is conducted, it is unnecessary to conduct step 1 in "Procedure for COND2". A
Procedure for COND2
1. While driving, release accelerator pedal completed with "OD"
OFF (A/T models only) from the above condition [step 8] until EC
"INCOMPLETE" at "COND2" on CONSULT-II screen has turned
to "COMPLETED" (It will take approximately 4 seconds.)
NOTE: C
If "COMPLETE" already appears at "COND3" on CONSULT-
II screen before "Procedure for COND3" is conducted, it is
unnecessary to conduct step 1 in "Procedure for COND3".
D

PBIB0558E
E
Procedure for COND3
1. Stop vehicle and let it idle until "INCOMPLETE" of "COND3" on
CONSULT-II screen has turned to "COMPLETED". (It will take a
F
maximum of approximately 6 minutes.)
2. Make sure that "OK" is displayed after touching "SELF-DIAG
RESULTS".
If "NG" is displayed, refer to EC-307, "Diagnostic Procedure" . G

SEC778C

Overall Function Check EBS00BCA

I

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
J
WITH GST
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running. K
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
at least 10 times. L
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure. M
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not nec-
essary.
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, go to EC-307, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-305
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BCB

TBWA0061E

EC-306
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BCC

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC

>> GO TO 2.
C

PBIB0494E E

2. CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA

F
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode G
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. H
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
I

SEF215Z J

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. L
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
5. Make sure 1st trip DTC P0102 is displayed. M
6. Erase the 1st trip DTC memory. Refer to EC-46, "HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? PBIB0495E
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-194 .
No >> GO TO 3.

EC-307
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and
engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- PBIB0500E
nectors.

4. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-308, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BCD

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.

EC-308
 DTC P1147 HO2S2
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. A

EC

SEF662Y
D
4. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.

PBIB0551E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. H
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 I
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. J
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load K
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this L
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not neces-
sary.
M
5. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check
the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D posi-
tion with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Removal and Installation EBS00BCE

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-309
 DTC P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850

Description EBS00D0F

NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-114 .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during ESP/TCS/ABS operation.
Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and ESP/ABS/TCS control unit.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only in ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but
also ECM after the ESP/TCS/ABS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00D0G

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line between
P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS commu- ECM can not receive the information from ECM and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit is
1212 nication line ESP/TCS/ABS control unit continuously. open or shorted.)
ESP/TCS/ABS control unit
Dead (Weak) battery

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MI will not light up for this self-
diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00D0H

TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
4. If a 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-310, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure "WITH CONSULT-II" above.
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00D2D

1. CHECK ESP/TCS/ABS CONTROL UNIT FUNCTION

Refer to BRC-60, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-310
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000
A
System Description EBS00BCJ

COOLING FAN CONTROL

ECM func- EC
Sensor Input Signal to PCM Actuator
tion
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
Cooling
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal Cooling fan relay(s)
fan control
Ignition switch Start signal
D
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. E
OPERATION

PBIB0576E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BCK

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)

EC-311
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine coolant temperature is 94C
OFF
(201F) or less
Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95C (203F) and 104C LOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF (219F)
Engine coolant temperature is 105C
HIGH
(221F) or more

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BCL

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
27 LG/B
(High) [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is high speed operating
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
37 LG
(Low) [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is operating

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BCM

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- Cooling fan
heat). Radiator hose
P1217 Engine over tempera- Cooling fan system does not operate prop-
Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) erly (Overheat).
Radiator cap
Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method. Water pump
Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-323,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-9, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-19, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check EBS00BCN

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
EC-312
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres- A
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. C
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-316,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-316,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON. E
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SEF621W
SULT-II.
F

I
SEF646X

5. If the results are NG, go to EC-316, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

J
WITH GST
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below K
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-316,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer L
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-316,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine. M
Be careful not to overheat engine.
SEF621W
4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position.
5. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
6. Turn blower fan switch ON.
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.
Be careful not to overheat engine.

EC-313
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-316, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to the following step.

SEC163BA

9. Turn ignition switch OFF.

10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
12. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-316, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

MEC475B

EC-314
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BCO

EC

TBWA0071E

EC-315
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BCP

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GOTO2
No >> GOTO4

2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.

PBIB0505E

2. Turn ignition switch ON.

3. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-II.

SEF784Z

4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-319, "PROCEDURE A" .)

EC-316
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION A
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON- C
SULT-II.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed
than low speed.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC- E
321, "PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF785Z F

4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

G
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
H

PBIB0505E

2. Start engine and let it idle. K

3. Set temperature lever at full cold position.
4. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
L
5. Turn blower fan switch ON.
6. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
319, "PROCEDURE A" .)

SEC163BA

EC-317
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 oper-
ate at higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
321, "PROCEDURE B" .)

MEC475B

6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK

Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.

Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2 , 23

psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
SLC754A
NG >> Check the following for leak
Hose

Radiator

Water pump
Refer to CO-19, "WATER PUMP" .

7. CHECK RADIATOR CAP

Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief pressure: 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar,
0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm 2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.

SLC755A

EC-318
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT A
1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
2. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift. EC

Valve opening temperature: 82C (180F) [standard]

Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95C C
(0.31 in/203F)
3. Check if valve is closed at 5C (9F) below valve opening tem-
perature. D
For details, refer to CO-21, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CON-
TROL VALVE" .
OK or NG SLC343 E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace thermostat
F
9. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-145, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
H
10. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-323, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .
I

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE A J

1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
L
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 5, 7 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage : Battery voltage M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0577E

EC-319
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
10A fuse
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
40A fusible links
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector.

PBIB0504E

3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cool-
ing fan motor-1 terminal 4 and body ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cool-
ing fan motor-2 terminal 4 and body ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-320
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
Harness connectors E61, F38
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1
Refer to EC-324, "Component Inspection" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relay. E

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

Refer to EC-324, "Component Inspection" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors. G

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

H
Perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END I

PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
K
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1,
3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
L
Voltage: Battery voltage.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. M
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0251E

EC-321
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
10A fuse
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
40A fusible links
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and body ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2,
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3,
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 7 and body ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 2.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E61, F38
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-322
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3 A
Refer to EC-324, "COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. EC
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS C

Refer to EC-324, "COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2" .

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

F
>> INSPECTION END
Main 12 Causes of Overheating EBS00BCQ
G
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF 1 Blocked radiator Visual No blocking
Blocked condenser H
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked bumper
I
2 Coolant mixture Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-19, "Engine
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
3 Coolant level Visual Coolant up to MAX level See CO-9, "Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant" . J
ator filler neck
4 Radiator cap Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-13, "CHECKING
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 RADIATOR CAP" . K
kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)

ON*2 5 Coolant leaks Visual No leaks See CO-9, "LEAK

CHECK" . L
2 6 Thermostat Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-21, "THERMO-
ON*
lower radiator hoses STAT AND WATER CON-
TROL VALVE" , and CO- M
12, "RADIATOR" .

ON*1 7 Cooling fan CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for

DTC P1217 (EC-311 ).
OFF 8 Combustion gas leak Color checker chemical Negative
tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 Coolant temperature Visual Gauge less than 3/4

gauge when driving
Coolant overflow to Visual No overflow during driving See CO-9, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine Coolant" .

OFF* 4 10 Coolant return from Visual Should be initial level in See CO-9, "LEVEL
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank CHECK" .
tor

EC-323
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-52, "CYLINDER
gauge mum distortion (warping) HEAD" .
12 Cylinder block and pis- Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-52, "CYLINDER
tons walls or piston HEAD" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

Component Inspection EBS00BCR

COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
No current supply No

If NG, replace relay.

SEF745U

COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.

Terminals
Speed
(+) ()
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4

Cooling fan motor should operate. SEF734W

If NG, replace cooling fan motor.

EC-324
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Component Description EBS00BCS

When the gear position is P (A/T models only) or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BCT

Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model) ON D
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T model)
Shift lever: Except above OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BCU

E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION: F
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE G
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V H
Gear position is P or N.
A/T model
43 G/OR PNP switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON] I
(11 - 14v)
Except the above gear position M/T model
Approximately 5V
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BCV

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors K
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
P1706 Park/neutral position
switch is not changed in the process of engine circuit is open or shorted.]
1706 switch
starting and driving.
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch L

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BCW

CAUTION: M
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-325
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II. Then check the P/N POSI SW signal under the follow-
ing conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N and P position ON
Except the above position OFF

If NG, go to EC-328, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

If OK, go to following step.
3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. SEF212Y

4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
ENG SPEED 1,500 - 3,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70C (158F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 3.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position

6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-328, "Diagnostic Procedure"

. SEF213Y

Overall Function Check EBS00BCX

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 43 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
Condition (Gear position) Voltage V (Known good data)
P (A/T models only) and N position Approx. 0
A/T models: Battery voltage
Except the above position
M/T: Approximately 5V

3. If NG, go to EC-328, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB0578E

EC-326
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BCY

EC

TBWA0072E

EC-327
 DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BCZ

1. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 43 and PNP switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH

Refer to AT-135, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" (A/T models) or MT-13, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSI-
TION SWITCH" (M/T models).
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace PNP switch.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-328
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320
A
Description EBS00BD0

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BD1

Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON D

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BD2

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground. E
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. F
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO. G
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal fully released
40 P Stop lamp switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE H
Brake pedal fully depressed (11 - 14V)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BD3

I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
J
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
Brake switch shorted.)
1805 extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
Stop lamp switch
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BD4

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON". L
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
4. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II. M
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-331, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITH GST
Follow the procedure "WITH CONSULT-II" above.

EC-329
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BD5

TBWA0089E

EC-330
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BD6

1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. EC

Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated C
Depressed Illuminated

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

F

PBIB0498E

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground I

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. K

L
PBIB0117E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

M
Check the following.
15A fuse
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-331
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop
lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. PBIB0498E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, M41
Joint connector-2 (LHD models)
Joint connector-3 (RHD models)
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-332, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BD7

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB0498E

EC-332
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions. A
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.
EC
Brake pedal depressed Should exist.

3. If NG, replace stop lamp switch.

C

PBIB0118E
D

EC-333
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448

Component Description EBS00BD8

IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

PBIB0509E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BD9

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

0 - 0.1V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

21 BR Ignition signal No. 1

PBIB0521E
22 PU Ignition signal No. 2
23 L/R Ignition signal No. 3
0 - 0.2V
24 GY/R Ignition signal No. 4

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0522E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-334
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BDA

EC

TBWA0083E

EC-335
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

TBWA0084E

EC-336
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BDB

1. CHECK ENGINE START A

Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.

Is engine running? EC
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. C
No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION D

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
E
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
F
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.

H
PBIB0133E

3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 24 J
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below. K

PBIB0521E PBIB0579E
M
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-337
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 109, 111 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-108, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM"
.

PBIB0580E

5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0136E

6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM relay.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and ECM
relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. PBIB0493E

7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0581E

EC-338
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
20A fuse
Harness or connectors E61, F38 EC
Harness for open and short between ECM relay and fuse

C
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

9. CHECK ECM RELAY

D
Refer to EC-113, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. E
NG >> Replace ECM relay.

10. CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
G
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and con-
denser terminal 1, condenser terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power PBIB0509E
in harness or connectors. J

11. CHECK CONDENSER

Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
L
NG >> Replace condenser.

EC-339
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0509E

5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

SEF107S

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-340
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 24 and ignition coil terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor. F

17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

G
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END H

Component Inspection EBS00BDC

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". I
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
J
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or
1 (+) - 3 (-) K
Except 0
1 (+) - 2 (-)

SEF371Q
M
CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1 M at 25C (77F)

SEF124Y

EC-341
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00BDD

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EM-27, "IGNITION COIL" .

EC-342
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600
A
Component Description EBS00BDE

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is EC
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM C
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.

SEF375Z
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BDF

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.5 - 3.5 msec
Shift lever: N
B/FUEL SCHDL G
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 2.5 - 3.5 msec
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
H
Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
No-load I
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BDG

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground. J
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
K
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running] M
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

101 R/B Injector No. 1

PBIB0529E
102 Y/B Injector No. 2
103 G/B Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE
104 L/B Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-343
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BDH

TBWA0082E

EC-344
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BDI

1. INSPECTION START A

Turn ignition switch to START.

Is any cylinder ignited? EC
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3. C

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

D
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with E
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
F

PBIB0133E
H

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
J

L
MEC703B

OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-345
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0510E

4. Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0582E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness connectors F1, F101
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between injector and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-346
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
Harness connectors F1, F101
Harness for open or short between injector and ECM EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injector. E

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection EBS00BDJ

INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector. H
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5 [at 20C (68F)]
I

K
PBIB0181E

Removal and Installation EBS00BDK

INJECTOR L
Refer to EM-29, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .

EC-347
 START SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
START SIGNAL PFP:48750

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B8E

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON START ON OFF ON OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B8F

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V
41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch START] 9 - 14V

EC-348
 START SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B8G

EC

TBWA0085E

EC-349
 START SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B8H

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check START SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition START SIGNAL
Ignition switch "ON" OFF
Ignition switch "START" ON
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E

3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage
Ignition switch "START" Battery voltage
Other positions Approximately 0V

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0583E

4. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Refer to SC-21, "STARTING SYSTEM" .

5. CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace 10A fuse.

EC-350
 START SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 41 and fuse block (J/B), ignition switch and fuse block EC
(J/B). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. D
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Check the following.
Harness connectors
F
Fuse block (J/B) connectors M1, E102
Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse block (J/B)
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block (J/B) G

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
I
>> INSPECTION END
J

EC-351
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT PFP:17042

Description EBS00BDL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
Function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Fuel pump
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder number Fuel pump relay
control
Ignition switch Start signal

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180 signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 180 signal is not received when the ignition switch
is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn
controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.

PBIB0513E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BDM

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY Engine running or cranking
Except above conditions OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BDN

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-352
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE A
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V EC
[Engine is running]
29 B/P Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
More than 1 seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
ON.

EC-353
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BDO

TBWA0086E

EC-354
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BDP

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A

1. Turn ignition switch ON.

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers. EC
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel hose for 1
second after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG C
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
D

PBIB0517E E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. G

PBIB0507E

J
4. Check voltage between terminals 1, 5 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
L

M
PBIB0657E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1, B4
Harness or connectors M17, B1
10A fuse
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-355
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3 and condenser terminal 1, condenser termi-
nal 2 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors B22, B128 (RHD models)
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and condenser
Harness for open or short between condenser and body ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace condenser.

7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness con-
nector.
3. Check harness continuity between
fuel pump relay terminal 3 and fuel pump terminal 5,
fuel pump terminal 3 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
PBIB0506E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors B22, B128 (RHD models)
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel pump
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-356
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10. D

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. E
Harness connectors B1, M17 (LHD models)
Harness connectors B2, M18 (RHD models)
F
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY H

Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. I
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.

12. CHECK FUEL PUMP J

Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace fuel pump.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT L

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

M
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00BDQ

FUEL PUMP RELAY

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 under the following con-
ditions.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply
Yes
between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply No

PBIB0098E

EC-357
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 3 and 5.
Resistance: Approximately 1.0 [at 25C (77F)]

PBIB0658E

CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1M [at 25C (77F)]

SEF124Y

Removal and Installation EBS00BDR

FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .

EC-358
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136
A
Component Description EBS00BDS

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume EC
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
C

PBIB0503E
E

H
SEF099X

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BDT

I
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- J
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) K
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V L
Idle speed
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply M
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure Warm-up condition
83 R/L 1.0 - 4.0V
sensor Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON.
(Compressor operates.)

EC-359
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BDU

TBWA0088E

EC-360
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BDV

1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION A

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON. EC
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 83 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
C
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END D
NG >> GO TO 2.

E
PBIB0659E

2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F

1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.

2. Stop engine. G
3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
H

J
PBIB0503E

5. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 K

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. M

SEF479Y

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E61, F38
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-361
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E61, F38
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E61, F38
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation EBS00BDW

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to ATC-123, "REFRIGERANT LINES" .

EC-362
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BDX

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON C
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.

Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan is operating. ON

HEATER FAN SW D
the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BDY

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground. E
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. F
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO. G
[Ignition switch "ON"] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal Rear window defogger switch is "ON" (11 - 14V)
52 R/W (Rear window defog- H
ger signal) [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Rear window defogger switch is "OFF"
[Ignition switch "ON"] BATTERY VOLTAGE
I
Electrical load signal Lighting switch is "2ND" position (11 - 14V)
53 R/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Lighting switch is "OFF" J
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Heater fan switch sig- Heater fan control switch is "ON"
55 LG/B
nal [Ignition switch "ON"] K
Approximately 5V
Heater fan control switch is "OFF"

EC-363
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BDZ

TBWA0094E

EC-364
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]

EC

TBWA0095E

EC-365
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BE0

1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 5.

2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch "ON" ON
Rear window defogger switch "OFF" OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0103E

3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch "ON" at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch "OFF" OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 12.
PBIB0103E

4. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Heater fan control switch "ON" ON
Heater fan control switch "OFF" OFF

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.
PBIB0103E

EC-366
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition Voltage C
Rear window defogger switch "ON" BATTERY VOLTAGE
Rear window defogger switch "OFF" 0V
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 8.
E
PBIB0660E

6. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II

F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
G
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition Voltage H
Lighting switch "ON" at 2nd position BATTERY VOLTAGE
Lighting switch "OFF" 0V
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 12.
J
PBIB0070E

7. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
L
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 55 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition Voltage M
Heater fan control switch "ON" 0V
heater fan control switch "OFF" Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.
PBIB0661E

8. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the rear window defogger switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> Refer to GW-9, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .

EC-367
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect rear window defogger relay.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and harness connector M17 terminal 1 (RHD mod-
els), 5 (LHD models).
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M62, F42
Harness for open and short between ECM and harness connector M17

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

12. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch ON at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Refer to LT-4, "HEADLAMP" or LT-9, "HEADLAMP - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -" .

EC-368
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
13. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 9, 10 under the following
conditions.
C

PBIB0662E F

Condition Continuity
1 Should exist
G

2 Should not exist

5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14. I

14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. J
Harness connectors E60, F36
Diode E123, E124
K
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M

>> INSPECTION END

16. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the fan control switch.
3. Check the blower fan motor. Does the blower fan motor activate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 17.
No >> Refer to ATC-30, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

EC-369
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
17. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect A/C AUTO AMP. harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 55 and A/C AUTO AMP. terminal 19.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 18.

18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M62, F42
Harness for open and short between ECM and A/C AUTO AMP.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

19. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-107, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-370
 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram EBS00BE1

EC

TBWA0097E

EC-371
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950

Description EBS00BE2

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB0491E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.

EC-372
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
A

EC

PBIB0490E

EC-373
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00BE3

EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .

PBIB0663E

FUEL CHECK VALVE

1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.
A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow
should be directed toward the EVAP canister side.
2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.
Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in
steps 1 and 2 above, replace it.

SEF552Y

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.

SEF989X

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar,
0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: 6.0 to 3.3 kPa (0.060 to 0.033 bar,
0.061 to 0.034 kg/cm 2 , 0.87 to 0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection" .

EC-374
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810
A
Description EBS00BE4

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC

G
PBIB0492E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake H
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold I
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not J
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
K

SEF559A M

Component Inspection EBS00BE5

PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.

SEC137A

EC-375
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

S-ET277

EC-376
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
A
Fuel Pressure EBS00BE6

Fuel pressure at idle kPa (bar, kg/cm2 , psi) Approximately 350 (3.5, 3.7, 51)
EC
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing EBS00BE7

Target idle speed A/T: 70050 rpm

No-load*1 (in P or N position)
M/T: 65050 rpm C
Air conditioner: ON In P or N position 725 rpm or more
In P or N position AT: 165 BTDC
Ignition timing D
MT: 145 BTDC
*1: Under the following conditions:
Air conditioner switch: OFF
E
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value EBS00BE8 F

Calculated load value % (Using CONSULT-II or GST)

At idle 10 - 35
G
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35

Mass Air Flow Sensor EBS00BE9

H
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Output voltage at idle 1.1 - 1.5*V
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec at idle* I
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load.
J
Intake Air Temperature Sensor EBS00BEA

Temperature C (F) Resistance k

25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
K

80 (176) 0.31 - 0.37

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor EBS00BEB L

Temperature C (F) Resistance k

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 M
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater EBS00BEC

Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 2.3 - 4.3

Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater EBS00BED

Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 2.3 - 4.3

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) EBS00BEE

Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection" .

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) EBS00BEF

Refer to EC-228, "Component Inspection" .

EC-377
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR (WITH EURO-OBD)]
Throttle Control Motor EBS00BEG

Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 1 - 15

Injector EBS00BEH

Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 13.5 - 17.5

Fuel Pump EBS00BEI

Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 1.0

EC-378
 INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)] PFP:00024
A
Alphabetical Index EBS00BEJ

Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the "Type approval number" on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-45, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" . EC
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-460 . C
Items DTC*1
Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms) CONSULT-II ECM*2
APP SEN/CIRCUIT P0121 0121 EC-484 D
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 EC-562
CAN COMM CIRCUIT*6 U1000 1000*5 EC-460
E
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 EC-501
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT P0340 0340 EC-507
ECM P0605 0605 EC-523 F
ECM BACK UP/CIRC P1065 1065 EC-530
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*4 P0117 0117 EC-470
G
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*4 P0118 0118 EC-470
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 EC-548
ETC ACTR P1121 1121 EC-534 H
ETC FUNCTION/CIRC P1122 1122 EC-536
ETC MOT RLY/CIRC P1123 1123 EC-542
I
HO2S1 (B1) P0134 0134 EC-490
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 EC-496
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 EC-496 J
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4 P0102 0102 EC-463
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4 P0103 0103 EC-463
MIL/CIRC P0650 0650 EC-526 K
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 EC-403
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
L
FURTHER TESTING No DTC Flashing*3 EC-404
MAY BE REQUIRED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 M
MAY BE REQUIRED.
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 EC-518
TCS/CIRC*7 P1212 1212 EC-547
THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*4 P0120 0120 EC-475
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC P0500 0500 EC-513
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*3: When engine is running.
*4: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MI illuminates.
*5: The trouble shooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: Except for M/T models without ESP/TCS/ABS system.
*7: For M/T models with ESP/TCS/ABS system.

EC-379
 INDEX FOR DTC
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC No. Index EBS00BEK

Check if the vehicle is a model with Euro-OBD (E-OBD) system or not by the "Type approval number" on the
identification plate. Refer to GI-45, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE" .
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-460 .
DTC*1 Items
Reference page
CONSULT-II ECM*2 (CONSULT-II screen terms)

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
No DTC Flashing*3 FURTHER TESTING EC-404
MAY BE REQUIRED.
U1000 1000*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT*6 EC-460
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4 EC-463
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT*4 EC-463
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*4 EC-470
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT*4 EC-470
P0120 0120 THRTL POS SEN/CIRC*4 EC-475
P0121 0121 APP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-484
P0134 0134 HO2S1 (B1) EC-490
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-496
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-496
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-501
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-507
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-513
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC EC-518
P0605 0605 ECM EC-523
P0650 0650 MIL/CIRC EC-526
P1065 1065 ECM BACK UP/CIRC EC-530
P1121 1121 ETC ACTR EC-534
P1122 1122 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC EC-536
P1123 1123 ETC MOT RLY/CIRC EC-542
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC*7 EC-547
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-548
P1610 - P1615 1610 - 1615 NATS MALFUNCTION EC-403
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-562
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
*3: When engine is running.
*4: When the fail-safe operation occurs, the MI illuminates.
*5: The trouble shooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-II.
*6: Except for M/T models without ESP/TCS/ABS system.
*7: For M/T models with ESP/TCS/ABS system.

EC-380
 PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER EBS00BEL

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual. C
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. D
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section. E
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow harness connector.
F
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T EBS00BEM

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration. G
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, H
etc. will cause the MI to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.) I
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-
locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-70, "HAR-
NESS CONNECTOR" . J
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube K
may cause the MI to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. L

Precaution EBS00BEN

Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. M

Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.
Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then
disconnect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

EC-381
 PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Do not disassemble ECM.
If a battery terminal is disconnected, the memory will return
to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a problem.
Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.

SEF707Y

When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it

securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown at right.

SEF908W

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to ICs.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- PBIB0090E
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded
operation of ICs, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value inspection and make sure ECM functions prop-
erly. Refer to EC-427 .
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of deter-
gent.
Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous problems. MEF040D
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).

EC-382
 PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function A
Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Func-
EC
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is com-
pleted.

SAT652J
D
When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and E
damage the ECM power transistor.
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's F
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as
the ground.
G

SEF348N
K

Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. L

PBIB0513E

EC-383
 PRECAUTIONS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unneces-
sarily.
Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure

to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-
wave radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis EBS00BEO

When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

GI-14, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams"
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES"
GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident"

EC-384
 PREPARATION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION PFP:00002
A
Special Service Tools EBS00BEP

The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number EC
Description
Tool name

KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors

Heated oxygen with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
C
sensor wrench

D
S-NT379

KV10114400 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors

E
Heated oxygen a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
sensor wrench

S-NT636

G
Commercial Service Tools EBS00BEQ

Tool name (Kent-

Description H
Moore No.)

Quick connector Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine

release room
(Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: I
Part No. 16441 6N210)

J
PBIC0198E

Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure K

S-NT653

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant M

temperature sensor

S-NT705

EC-385
 PREPARATION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Tool name (Kent-
Description
Moore No.)

Oxygen sensor Reconditioning the exhaust system threads

thread cleaner before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with
anti-seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for
Zirconia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for
Titania Oxygen Sensor
S-NT778

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

(PermatexTM 133AR when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
or equivalent meeting
MIL specification
MIL-A-907)

S-NT779

EC-386
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
A
System Diagram EBS00BER

EC

PBIB0488E

EC-387
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Vacuum Hose Drawing EBS00BES

PBIB0489E
Refer to EC-387, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System.

EC-388
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
System Chart EBS00BET

A
Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Fuel injectors
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic ignition system Power transistors EC
Mass air flow sensor Fuel pump control Fuel pump relay
Engine coolant temperature sensor
On board diagnostic system MI (On the instrument panel)
Heated oxygen sensor 1 C
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Throttle position sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Accelerator pedal position sensor
EVAP canister purge volume control D
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch EVAP canister purge flow control
solenoid valve
Intake air temperature sensor
Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
Power steering pressure sensor
E
Ignition switch
Battery voltage
Knock sensor
F
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 2 *1 Cooling fan control Cooling fan relays
TCM (Transmission control module) *2
G
ESP/TCS/ABS control unit *2
Wheel sensor
Air conditioner switch H
Electrical load
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: These signals are sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. I
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System EBS00BEU

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

J
ECM
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed K
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature L
Heated oxygen sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
M
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Fuel injec-
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position tion & mix-
Fuel injectors
Ignition switch Start signal ture ratio
control
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Battery Battery voltage
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Heated oxygen sensor 2 *1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
ESP/TCS/ABS control unit *2 ESP/TCS operation command
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation
*1: Under normal conditions, this sensor is not for engine control operation.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

EC-389
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the crankshaft position sensor and the mass air
flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
During warm-up
When starting the engine
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
When selector lever is changed from N to D
High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
During deceleration
During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)

PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor if the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM
adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about heated
oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-490 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-
fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from heated oxygen sensor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
Deceleration and acceleration
High-load, high-speed operation
Malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 or its circuit
Insufficient activation of heated oxygen sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
High engine coolant temperature
During warm-up
After shifting from N to D
When starting the engine

EC-390
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from heated oxygen A
sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to
the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as orig-
inally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot film) and characteristic changes EC
during operation (i.e., injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of injection pulse duration to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios. C
Fuel trim refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
Short term fuel trim is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical D
value. The signal from heated oxygen sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared
to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an
increase in fuel volume if it is lean.
Long term fuel trim is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation E
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment.
F
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

I
SEF337W
Two types of systems are used.
J
Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
K
Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. L
The four injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF M
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.

EC-391
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Electronic Ignition (EI) System EBS00BEV

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

ECM
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position

Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position timing con- Power transistor
trol
Ignition switch Start signal
Knock sensor Engine knocking
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Gear position
Battery Battery voltage
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-
fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition tim-
ing data is stored in the ECM. This data forms the map shown.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and
camshaft position sensor signal. Computing this information, ignition
signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
e.g., N: 1,800 rpm, Tp: 1.50 msec
A BTDC
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the
ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM.
At starting SEF742M
During warm-up
At idle
At low battery voltage
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS00BEW

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Throttle position sensor Throttle valve opening angle
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner
Air conditioner relay
Ignition switch Start signal cut control

Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure

Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.

EC-392
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
When cranking the engine. A
At high engine speeds.
When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
EC
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
When engine speed is excessively low.
When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. C
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) EBS00BEX

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

ECM D
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
function
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch Neutral position
E
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel cut
Fuel injectors
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control
F
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed
G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 1,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
H
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-389
. I

CAN communication EBS00BEY

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION J
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 K
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
L
FOR A/T MODELS
System Diagram
M

SKIA0884E

Input/Output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive
Signals ECM TCM
Engine speed signal T R
Engine coolant temperature signal T R

EC-393
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Signals ECM TCM
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
A/T self-diagnosis signal R T

FOR M/T MODELS

System Diagram

SKIA0885E

Input/Output Signal Chart

T: Transmit R: Receive
Steering wheel ESP/ TCS / ABS
Signals ECM 4WD control unit
angle sensor control unit
Engine speed signal T R R
Accelerator pedal position signal T R
ESP operation signal R R T
TCS operation signal R R T
ABS operation signal R R T
Stop lamp switch signal R T
Steering wheel angle sensor signal T R
ESP-OFFSW signal R T
Wheel speed sensor signal R T
4WD Mode signal T R

EC-394
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018
A
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check EBS00BEZ

IDLE SPEED
Using CONSULT-II EC
Check idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

SEF058Y
E
IGNITION TIMING
Any of following two methods may be used.
Method A F
Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
Check ignition timing.
G

PBIB0515E I

Method B
J
Remove No. 1 ignition coil.

PBIB0509E
M

Connect No. 1 ignition coil and No. 1 spark plug with suitable
high-tension wire as shown, and attach timing light clamp to this
wire.

PBIB0516E

EC-395
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

SEF166Y

Check ignition timing.

PBIB0514E

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning EBS00BF0

DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve
by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning EBS00BLT

DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF wait at least 10 seconds.
Idle Air Volume Learning EBS00BF1

DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the spe-
cific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.

EC-396
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. A
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100C (158 - 212F) EC
PNP switch: ON
Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger) C
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) D
Vehicle speed: Stopped
Transmission: Warmed-up
For A/T models with CONSULT-II, drive vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE in DATA MONITOR mode of A/ E
T system indicates less than 0.9V.
For A/T models without CONSULT-II and M/T models, drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE F
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform EC-396, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
G
2. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PRE-CONDITIONING (previously mentioned) are in good H
order.
5. Select IDLE AIR VOL LEARN in WORK SUPPORT mode.
I

SEF452Y

L
6. Touch START and wait 20 seconds.

SEF454Y

EC-397
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-II screen. If
INCMP is displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be car-
ried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the problem
by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle
speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 65050 rpm
A/T: 70050 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing M/T: 145 BTDC SEF455Y
A/T: 165 BTDC (in P or N position)

Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-396, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
2. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PRE-CONDITIONING (previously mentioned) are in good
order.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI goes off.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.

PBIB0665E

12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the
specifications.
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 65050 rpm
A/T: 70050 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing M/T: 145 BTDC
A/T: 165 BTDC (in P or N position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, the result will be incomplete. In this case,
find the cause of the problem by referring to the Diagnostic Procedure below.

EC-398
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: A
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
EC
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the problem.
It is useful to perform EC-449, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE" . C
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the
problem and perform Idle air volume learning all over again:
D
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
Fuel Pressure Check EBS00BF2 E
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
With CONSULT-II F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE in WORK SUPPORT
mode with CONSULT-II. G
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
H
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.

SEF214Y
J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in fuse box.
2. Start engine. K
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.

PBIB0508E

FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for
other purposes.
Take care for not to scratch and not to put debris around connection area when servicing, so that
the quick connector keeps sealability with O-rings inside.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-399, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check, and connect fuel pressure gauge.
Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector).

To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check.

Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it.

Use Pressure Gauge to check fuel pressure.

EC-399
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.

Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.

Keep the original fuel hose to be free from intrusion of dust or foreign substances with a suitable cover.

4. Install the fuel pressure gauge as shown in the figure.

Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moist-
ened with gasoline.
Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube
and No.1 spool.
Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the
No.1 spool on fuel tube.
Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439
N4710 or 16439 40U00).
When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. PBIB0669E
When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
Use a torque driver to tighten clamps.

Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08

in).
Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 Nm (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13
in-lb)
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.

5. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose
with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel
tube does not come off.
6. Turn ignition switch "ON", and check for fuel leakage.
PBIB0670E
7. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
8. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false
readings.
During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.7 kg/cm2 , 51 psi)

9. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
10. Check the following.
Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging

Fuel filter for clogging

Fuel pump

Fuel pressure regulator for clogging

If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

If NG, repair or replace.

EC-400
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028
A
Introduction EBS00BMC

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: EC
Emission-related diagnostic information
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
C
Freeze Frame data
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC)
1st Trip Freeze Frame data D
Calibration ID

The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable : Not applicable E
1st trip Freeze Frame
DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data
data
CONSULT-II F
ECM *1

*1: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
G
The malfunction indicator (MI) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-411 .)
H
Two Trip Detection Logic EBS00BMD

When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not light up at this stage. <1st trip> I
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI lights up. The MI lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. When the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-411 .), the DTC is stored in the ECM J
memory even in the 1st trip.
Emission-related Diagnostic Information EBS00BME

DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC K

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed. L
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MI will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the M
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For fail-safe items, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory
even in the 1st trip.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in EC-402, "HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step II, refer to EC-408 . Then perform DTC Confirmation Proce-
dure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the problem. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item
requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, P1065, etc.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)

EC-401
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Without CONSULT-II
The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0340 1065 etc.
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if avail-
able) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunc-
tion is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be 0.
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].

SEF745C

FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA

The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake
air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II. For
details, see EC-437 .
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-402, "HOW TO ERASE EMIS-
SION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC ( With CONSULT-II)
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELF-
DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least
10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Touch ENGINE.
3. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.

EC-402
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
A

EC

PBIB0671E

How to Erase DTC ( Without CONSULT-II) G

1. If the ignition switch stays "ON" after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch "OFF" once.
2. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it "ON" (engine stopped) again.
H
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal. Refer to
EC-405, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost after
approx. 24 hours. I
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
J
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data K
5. Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. L
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) EBS00BMF

If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in

M
the ON position or NATS MALFUNCTION is displayed
on SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to BL-70 .
Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching ERASE in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode
with CONSULT-II.
When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and reg-
istration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. SEF515Y
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner.
Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to
CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS.

EC-403
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Malfunction Indicator (MI) EBS00BMG

DESCRIPTION
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-39, "WARNING LAMPS" ,
or see EC-526 .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.

SAT652J

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION

The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions.
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit.

Engine stopped

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is

WARNING detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip
detection logic), the MI will light up to inform the driver that
a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will light up the MI in the 1st
trip.
Fail-safe mode
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS

Engine stopped

Engine running HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 This function allows the fuel mixture condition (lean or
MONITOR rich), monitored by heated oxygen sensor 1, to be read.

MI Flashing without DTC

If the ECM is in Diagnostic Test Mode II, MI may flash when engine is running. In this case, check ECM diag-
nostic test mode. EC-405, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
How to switch the diagnostic test (function) modes, and details of the above functions are described later EC-
405 .
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data

EC-404
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. Others A

HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

NOTE: EC
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit
has a malfunction.
C
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. D
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal. E
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MI starts
blinking.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal. F
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).

PBIB0092E
J
How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Monitor)
1. Set the ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-405, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
K
2. Start Engine.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor).
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) L
1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to EC-405, "How to Set Diagnostic
Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)" .
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. M
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I BULB CHECK
In this mode, the MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-39,
"WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-526 .
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I MALFUNCTION WARNING
MI Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.
OFF No malfunction.
These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.

EC-405
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are dis-
played, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified
codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-II. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.

SEF952W

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The zero is indicated
by the number of ten flashes. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds
consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no
malfunction. (See EC-379, "INDEX FOR DTC" )
How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)
The DTC can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to EC-
405, "HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE" .
If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory after approx 24 hours.
Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR
In this mode, the MI displays the condition of the fuel mixture (lean or rich) which is monitored by the heated
oxygen sensor 1.
MI Fuel mixture condition in the exhaust gas Air fuel ratio feedback control condition
ON Lean
Closed loop system
OFF Rich
*Remains ON or OFF Any condition Open loop system
*: Maintains conditions just before switching to open loop.

To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function, start engine in the Diagnostic Test Mode II and warm it up until
engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge.
Next run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load conditions. Then make sure that the MI
comes ON more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2,000 rpm under no-load.

EC-406
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS00BMU

INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con- EC
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen-
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no problems such as vac- C
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other problems with the engine.

MEF036D
E

It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G

SEF233G

I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-408 . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such problems, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the exam-
ple on EC-410 should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional problems first. This L
will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically con- SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
M

EC-407
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart

PBIB0680E

*1 EC-411 *2 If time data of SELF-DIAG *3 If the incident cannot be verified, per-

RESULTS is other than 0 or [1t], form EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNO-
perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAG- SIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT"
NOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI- .
DENT" .
*4 If the on board diagnostic system can- *5 If malfunctioning part cannot be *6 EC-449
not be performed, check main power detected, perform EC-453, "TROU-
supply and ground circuit. Refer to BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
EC-454, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT TENT INCIDENT" .
FOR ECM" .

EC-408
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A

Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET, EC-409 .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-402 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . C
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-417 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
D
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
STEP III to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . E
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) F
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st
G
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX. H
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-412 .) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-417 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the I
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR
(AUTO TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II. J
Refer to EC-427 , EC-443 .
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in
GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
K
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
DENT" . L
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident
STEP VII M
is still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-402, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)

DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. SEF907L

EC-409
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.
Worksheet Sample

MTBL0017

DTC Inspection Priority Chart EBS00BMV

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
NOTE:
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-460 .

EC-410
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
A
1 U1000 CAN communication line
P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor EC
P0120 Throttle position sensor
P0121 Accelerator pedal position sensor
P0327 P0328 Knock sensor C
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor D
P0605 ECM
2 P0134 Heated oxygen sensor 1
P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
E
P0650 MI
P1065 ECM power supply
F
P1122 Electric throttle control function
P1123 Throttle control motor relay
P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS communication line
G
P1805 Brake switch
3 P1121 Electric throttle control actuator
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) H

Fail-safe Chart EBS00BMW

The ECM enters fail-safe mode, if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit. I
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MI illuminates.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. J
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
P0118 ture sensor circuit ignition switch ON or START. K
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-
Condition
II display)
L
Just as ignition switch is turned
40C (104F)
ON or Start
More than approx. 4 minutes after M
80C (176F)
ignition ON or Start
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cool-
ing fan operates while engine is running.
P0120 Throttle position sensor cir- ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to
cuit small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration

EC-411
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Basic Inspection EBS00BMX

1. INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related problem, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF. SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.

SEF976U

5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

SEF977U

2. REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.

>> GO TO 3.

EC-412
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED A
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
EC
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.

E
SEF978U

3. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

M/T: 650 50 rpm F
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)

SEF058Y
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed for about J
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
K
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING M

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-396, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 5.

5. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 6.

EC-413
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT >> GO TO 7.
INCMP >> 1. Follow the construction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.

7. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the Following.
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-507 .
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-501 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.

9. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but
this is the rarely the case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-403, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .

>> GO TO 4.

EC-414
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK IGNITION TIMING A
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
EC
M/T: 14 5 BTDC
A/T: 16 5 BTDC (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG C
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
D
11. ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-396, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . E

>> GO TO 12.
F
12. PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine. G
2. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .

>> GO TO 13. H

13. PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING

I
Refer to EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Which is the result CMPLT or INCMP
CMPLT or INCMP J
CMPLT >> GO TO 14.
INCMP >> 1. Follow the construction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4. K

14. CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN

L
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Read idle speed in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. M
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
M/T: 650 50 rpm
A/T: 700 50 rpm (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17.

EC-415
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
M/T: 14 5 BTDC
A/T: 16 5 BTDC (in "P" or "N" position)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.

16. CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-43, "TIMING CHAIN" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.

17. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-507 .
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-501 .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.

18. CHECK ECM FUNCTION

1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of a problem, but
this is the rarely the case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-403, "NATS
(Nissan Anti-theft System)" .

>> GO TO 4.

EC-416
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS00BMY

SYSTEM BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

EC

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

C

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
D

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL E

F
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-627
G
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-399
Injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-618
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-647 H
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-650
tem
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 EC-412 I
EC-534,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-536 ,
EC-542 J
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-412
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-592
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-454
K

Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-463

Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 EC-470 L
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-475
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2 EC-484
EC-490, M
Heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
EC-581
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3 EC-496
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-501
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2 EC-507
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-513
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 EC-518
EC-523,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-530
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-608
cuit
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-614
Start signal circuit 2 EC-623
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 4 EC-634

EC-417
 SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
(continued on next page)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
Fuel
Warranty symptom code

Air conditioner circuit

Electrical load signal circuit
Warranty symptom code
line, Low octane)
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gaso-
Valve deposit
Vapor lock

Fuel piping

Fuel tank

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

AA
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

AA

2
5

AB
ENGINE STALL
AB
ENGINE STALL

2
5

AC
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AC
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EC-418

3
5

AD
AD

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

3
5

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION

AE
LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
AE

3
5

HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

AF
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
AF

3
3

SYMPTOM
SYMPTOM

AG
AG

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

3
3
5

AH
AH

IDLING VIBRATION IDLING VIBRATION

3
3
5

[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

AJ
AJ

3
3
AK
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH
AK

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

AL
AL

3
5

AM
AM

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

HA
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)
HA

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

2
ATC-30
EC-638

page
Reference
29
FL-3, EM-
FL-9

page
Reference

 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Air Air duct EM-15 F
Air cleaner EM-15
Air leakage from air duct
G
(Mass air flow sensor electric EM-15
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-17
H
Air leakage from intake manifold/
EM-17
Collector/Gasket
Cranking Battery SC-3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I
Alternator circuit SC-12
Starter circuit 3 SC-21
Signal plate 6 EM-64 J
PNP switch MT-13 or
4
AT-388
Engine Cylinder head K
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-52
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
L
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-64
Connecting rod M
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-43
mecha-
Camshaft EM-33
nism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve
3 EM-52
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-22, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
2
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil EM-24, LU-
tion filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 9 , LU-10 ,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 LU-13
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-7

EC-419
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-12
Thermostat 5 CO-21
Water pump CO-19
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5 CO-7
Cooling fan 5 CO-12
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
CO-9
coolant
EC-403 or
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 1
BL-70
EC-547 or
ESP/TCS/ABS control unit 2 2
BRC-60
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

EC-420
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS00BMZ

EC

PBIB0484E

EC-421
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

PBIB0485E

EC-422
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

PBIB0486E

EC-423
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

PBIB0487E

EC-424
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Circuit Diagram EBS00BN0

EC

TBWA0052E

EC-425
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

TBWA0053E

EC-426
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS00BN1

EC

SEF970W D

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BN2

PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection,
remove glove box.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
F

H
PBIB0493E

3. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily. I
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.

Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.

J
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

MEC486B
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION: M
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sen-
2 P/L Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
sor 1 heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

EC-427
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is below 3,800 rpm.
0 - 1.0V
After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of 70 km/h
Heated oxygen sen- (43 MPH) or more.
4 PU/R
sor 2 heater [Ignition switch ON]
Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,800 rpm.
Counter current BATTERY VOLTAGE
12 R/B [Ignition switch "ON"]
return (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Idle speed (11 - 14V)

Approximately 10V
EVAP canister purge
13 P volume control sole-
noid valve [Engine is running]
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm

PBIB0520E

[Ignition switch ON] 0 - 1.0V

18 R/Y MI [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Idle speed (11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch OFF] 0 - 1.0V
ECM relay For 3 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
20 W/G
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 seconds passed after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF

0 - 0.1V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

21 BR Ignition signal No. 1

PBIB0521E
22 PU Ignition signal No. 2
23 L/R Ignition signal No. 3
0 - 0.2V
24 GY/R Ignition signal No. 4

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0522E

[Engine is running]
Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON 0 - 1.0V
26 L Air conditioner relay (Compressor operates).
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
A/C switch is OFF. (11 - 14V)

EC-428
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V) EC
27 LG/B
(High) [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is high speed operating
C
[Ignition switch ON]
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
29 B/P Fuel pump relay D
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than 1 seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
ON.
E
[Engine is running]
Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON Approximately 0V
Air conditioner cut (Compressor operates).
30 PU/W F
signal [Engine is running]
A/C switch is ON Approximately 4.6V
(Compressor not operates).
G
B/W
Approximately 2.6V
(With A/T) CAN communication
33 [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
W line
communication status. H
(With M/T)
L/R
Approximately 2.4V
(With A/T) CAN communication
34 [Ignition switch ON] Output voltage varies with the
R line I
communication status.
(With M/T)

6 - 7V
J
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed K

PBIB0523E
36 L/OR Tachometer signal
L
6 - 7V

[Engine is running] M
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm

PBIB0524E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
37 LG
(Low) [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is operating
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal fully released
40 P Stop lamp switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal fully depressed (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V

41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch START] 9 - 14V

EC-429
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch OFF] 0V
42 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Gear position is P or N.
A/T model
43 G/OR PNP switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
Except the above gear position M/T model
Approximately 5V
[Ignition switch ON]
50 LG Data link connector Approximately 5V
CONSULT-II or GST is disconnected.
[Ignition switch "ON"] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal Rear window defogger switch is "ON" (11 - 14V)
52 R/W (Rear window defog-
ger signal) [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Rear window defogger switch is "OFF"
[Ignition switch "ON"] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal Lighting switch is "2ND" position (11 - 14V)
53 R/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Lighting switch is "OFF"
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Heater fan switch sig- Heater fan control switch is "ON"
55 LG/B
nal [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 5V
Heater fan control switch is "OFF"
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
59 B
60 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Engine ground
106 B/Y Idle speed
108 B/Y

1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
63 L/W
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0526E

Accelerator pedal
64 OR/L position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.5V
power supply

EC-430
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply EC
Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
66 W/L [Ignition switch OFF]
ECM (Buck-up) (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] C
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pres- Steering wheel is being turned.
67 P
sure sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
Steering wheel is not being turned. D

Approximately 3V

E
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
F
PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
71 PU/R
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V G

[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
H

PBIB0528E I
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.1 - 1.5V
Idle speed J
72 OR Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.6 - 2.0V
K
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
More than 0.36V L
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Throttle position sen- Accelerator pedal fully released
73 W
sor 1 [Ignition switch ON] M
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
Less than 4.75V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
Less than 4.75V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Throttle position sen- Accelerator pedal fully released
74 G
sor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
More than 0.36V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal fully depressed

EC-431
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released
75 R/L
position sensor 1 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.09 - 0.48V
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released
76 B/W
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 1.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
80 B/P Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
Idle speed

Approximately 2.3V

[Engine is running]
81 L/B Vehicle speed sensor Lift up the vehicle
Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH)

PBIB0531E

[Engine is running]
82 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure Warm-up condition
83 R/L 1.0 - 4.0V
sensor Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON.
(Compressor operates.)
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air tempera-
84 Y/G [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
ture sensor
air temperature.
Accelerator pedal
86 L position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V
ground
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Accelerator pedal 0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal fully released
90 W position sensor sig-
nal output [Ignition switch ON]
More than 3.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 G/W Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant tem-
93 BR/Y [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with
perature sensor
engine coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen-
95 OR/B Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-432
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
C
Idle speed

101 R/B Injector No. 1

102 Y/B Injector No. 2 PBIB0529E D
103 G/B Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE
104 L/B Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
F

PBIB0530E

[Engine is running] G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
H
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing
107 Y/R
control solenoid valve [Engine is running] I
Warm-up condition
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly
J

PBIB0532E

109 W Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE K

[Ignition switch ON]
111 W ECM (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch "OFF"]
112 W/R (11 - 14V)
relay L
[Ignition switch "ON"] 0 - 1.0V
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
113 W/B [Ignition switch "ON"]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)
M
0 - 14V

[Ignition switch "ON"]

Throttle control motor Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
114 R
(Open) Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal is depressing

PBIB0533E

EC-433
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
Throttle control motor [Engine is running]
115 B/Y Approximately 0V
ground Idle speed

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch "ON"]

Throttle control motor Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
116 G
(Close) Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal is releasing

PBIB0534E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

CONSULT-II Function EBS00BN3

FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
Work support
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*1
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Input/Output of the specification for Basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the
Data monitor (SPEC)
other data monitor items can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
*1 The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. Others

EC-434
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS DATA
Item DATA
WORK MONI- ACTIVE EC
FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TOR TEST
DTC*1 FRAME TOR
(SPEC)
DATA*2
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor
D
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Heated oxygen sensor 2 E

Wheel sensor (Vehicle speed signal)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
F
Throttle position sensor
Intake air temperature sensor
INPUT

Knock sensor G
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Ignition switch (start signal)
H
Closed throttle position switch (accelera-

tor pedal position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch
I
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Stop lamp switch
Power steering pressure sensor J
Battery voltage
Load signal
K
Injectors
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Power transistor (Ignition timing)

Throttle control motor relay L
EVAP canister purge volume control sole-

noid valve
OUTPUT

Air conditioner relay M

Fuel pump relay
Cooling fan relay
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
Calculated load value
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-402 .

CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-435
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located
under LH dash panel near the fuse box cover.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0376E

4. Touch START.

PBR455D

5. Touch ENGINE.

SEF995X

6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

SEF824Y

WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING START DUR- When releasing fuel pressure
ING IDLING. from fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.

EC-436
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
A
SELF-LEARNING CONT THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When releasing fuel pressure
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- from fuel line
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed EC
TARGET IGNITION TIMING ADJ* IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
After adjustment, confirm target C
ignition timing with a timing light.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
D
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-379, "INDEX FOR DTC" .) E
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data
Description
item*1 F
DIAG TROUBLE
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
CODE
to EC-379, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
[PXXXX] G
Fuel injection system status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
One mode in the following is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B1 MODE 2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction H
MODE 3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enrichment)
MODE 4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
MODE 5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
I
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [C]
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [F]
J
Short-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
S-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
K
Long-term fuel trim at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRIM-B1 [%] The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
L
ENGINE SPEED
The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[rpm]
VHCL SPEED [km/h] M
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [mph]
B/FUEL SCHDL
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [C]
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [F]
*1: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

EC-437
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DATA MONITOR MODE
Monitored Item
: Applicable
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- SUP- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
Accuracy becomes poor if engine
Indicates the engine speed computed speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED [rpm] from the signal of the crankshaft position If the signal is interrupted while the
sensor (POS). engine is running, an abnormal
value may be indicated.
The signal voltage of the mass air flow When the engine is stopped, a
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
sensor is displayed. certain value is indicated.
When the engine coolant tempera-
The engine coolant temperature (deter- ture sensor is open or short-cir-
COOLAN TEMP/S mined by the signal voltage of the cuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.

[C] or [F] engine coolant temperature sensor) is The engine coolant temperature
displayed. determined by the ECM is dis-
played.
The signal voltage of heated oxygen
HO2S1 (B1) [V]
sensor 1 is displayed.
The signal voltage of heated oxygen
HO2S2 (B1) [V]
sensor 2 is displayed.

Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 sig- After turning ON the ignition

nal during air-fuel ratio feedback control: switch, RICH is displayed until
RICH ... means the mixture became air-fuel mixture ratio feedback
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) rich, and control is being affected control begins.

[RICH/LEAN] toward a leaner mixture. When the air-fuel ratio feedback is
LEAN ... means the mixture became clamped, the value just before the
lean, and control is being affected clamping is displayed continu-
toward a rich mixture. ously.
Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 sig-
nal:
RICH ... means the amount of oxygen
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) after three way catalyst is relatively When the engine is stopped, a

[RICH/LEAN] small. certain value is indicated.
LEAN ... means the amount of oxygen
after three way catalyst is relatively
large.
VHCL SPEED SE The vehicle speed computed from the

[km/h] or [mph] vehicle speed signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-

[V] played.
ACCEL SEN 1 [V] The accelerator pedal position sensor
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] signal voltage is displayed.

THRTL SEN 1 [V] The throttle position sensor signal volt-

THRTL SEN 2 [V] age is displayed.

The intake air temperature (determined

INT/A TEMP SE
by the signal voltage of the intake air
[C] or [F]
temperature sensor) is indicated.
After starting the engine, [OFF] is
START SIGNAL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
displayed regardless of the starter
[ON/OFF] starter signal.
signal.

EC-438
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG A
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- SUP- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
EC
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] com-
CLSD THL POS
puted by ECM according to the acceler-
[ON/OFF]
ator pedal position sensor signal.
C
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG
conditioner switch as determined by the
[ON/OFF]
air conditioner signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the D
P/N POSI SW
park/neutral position (PNP) switch sig-
[ON/OFF]
nal.
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steer- E
PW/ST SIGNAL ing system (determined by the signal

[ON/OFF] voltage of the power steering pressure
sensor signal) is indicated.
F
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
electrical load signal.
ON ... Rear window defogger switch is
LOAD SIGNAL G
ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd posi-
[ON/OFF]
tion.
OFF ... Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are OFF. H
IGNITION SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from igni-

[ON/OFF] tion switch.
HEATER FAN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the I

[ON/OFF] heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the

[ON/OFF] stop lamp switch signal. J
Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse When the engine is stopped, a
INJ PULSE-B1
width compensated by ECM according certain computed value is indi-
[msec]
to the input signals. cated.
K
Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into

[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor-
rection. L
IGN TIMING Indicates the ignition timing computed When the engine is stopped, a

[BTDC] by ECM according to the input signals. certain value is indicated.
M
When the engine is stopped, a
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio certain value is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] feedback correction factor per cycle is This data also includes the data
indicated. for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
trol.
Calculated load value indicates the
CAL/LD VALUE [%] value of the current airflow divided by
peak airflow.
Indicates the mass airflow computed by
MASS AIRFLOW
ECM according to the signal voltage of
[gm/s]
the mass air flow sensor.

EC-439
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- SUP- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
Indicates the EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve control value
PURG VOL C/V computed by the ECM according to the
[%] input signals.
The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) Indicates [CA] of intake camshaft
[CA] advanced angle.
The control condition of the intake valve
timing control solenoid valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B1) [%]
ON ... intake valve timing control is oper-
ating.
OFF ... Intake valve timing control is not
operating.
The air conditioner relay control condi-
AIR COND RLY
tion (determined by ECM according to
[ON/OFF]
the input signals) is indicated.
Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY
condition determined by ECM according
[ON/OFF]
to the input signals.
Indicates the throttle control motor relay
THRTL RELAY
control condition determined by the
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates the condition of the cooling fan
(determined by ECM according to the
COOLING FAN input signals).
[HI/LOW/OFF] HI ... High speed operation
LOW ... Low speed operation
OFF ... Stop
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 1 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by
[ON/OFF]
ECM according to the input signals.
Display the condition of idle air volume
learning
YET ... Idle air volume learning has not
IDL A/V LEARN
been performed yet.
[YET/CMPLT/
CMPLT ... Idle air volume learning has
INCMP]
already been performed successfully.
INCMP ... Idle air volume learning has
not been performed successfully.
TRVL AFTER MIL
Distance traveled while MI is activated.
[km] or [mile]
AC PRESS SEN The signal voltage from the refrigerant
[V] pressure sensor is displayed.

EC-440
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
CAN
ECM
MAIN DIAG A
Monitored item INPUT
SIG- SUP- Description Remarks
[Unit] SIG-
NALS PORT
NALS
MNTR
EC
Voltage [V]
Frequency Only # is displayed if item is
[msec], [Hz] or [%] unable to be measured.
C
DUTY-HI Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse Figures with #s are temporary
width measured by the probe. ones. They are the same figures
DUTY-LOW
as an actual piece of data which
PLS WIDTH-HI was just previously measured. D
PLS WIDTH-LOW
CAN COMM
E
[OK/NG]
CAN CIRC 1

[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 2 F
These items are not displayed in
[OK/UNKWN] Indicates the communication condition
"SELECTION FROM MENU"
CAN CIRC 3 of CAN communication line.
mode.
[OK/UNKWN] G
CAN CIRC 4

[OK/UNKWN]
CAN CIRC 5 H

[OK/UNKWN]
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. I
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item J
ECM
Main
Monitored item [Unit] input Description Remarks
signals
signals
K
Indicates the engine speed computed
ENG SPEED [rpm] from the signal of the crankshaft position
sensor (POS).
L
The signal voltage of the mass air flow When engine is running specification
MAS A/F SE-B1 [V]
sensor specification is displayed. range is indicated.
Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel
B/FUEL SCHDL injection pulse width programmed into When engine is running specification M
[msec] ECM, prior to any learned on board cor- range is indicated.
rection.
When engine is running specification
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feed- range is indicated.
A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] back correction factor per cycle is indi-
cated. This data also includes the data for the
air-fuel ratio learning control.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

EC-441
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
Engine: Return to the original Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
Fuel injectors
TION Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
tion using CONSULT-II. Heated oxygen sensor 1

Engine: Return to the original

trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see Perform Idle Air Volume Learn-
Timing light: Set
ING CHECK ITEM. ing.
Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-II.

Engine: After warming up, idle Harness and connectors

the engine. Compression
POWER BAL- A/C switch OFF Fuel injectors
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE Shift lever N Power transistor
Cut off each injector signal one at Spark plugs
a time using CONSULT-II. Ignition coils
Ignition switch: ON Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN Turn the cooling fan ON and Cooling fan moves and stops. Cooling fan relay
OFF with CONSULT-II. Cooling fan motor

Engine: Return to the original Harness and connectors

ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-II. Fuel injectors
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP Fuel pump relay makes the operat- Harness and connectors
RELAY Turn the fuel pump relay ON ing sound. Fuel pump relay
and OFF using CONSULT-II
and listen to operating sound.
Engine: After warming up, run
engine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-II.
Engine: Return to the original
Harness and connectors
V/T ASSIGN trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
ANGLE CHECK ITEM. Intake valve timing control sole-
Change intake valve timing using
noid valve
CONSULT-II.

REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)

Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR mode.
1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger):
The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
In other words, DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will be
displayed if the malfunction is detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONITOR
in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording Data ...
xx% as shown at right, and the data after the malfunction detec-
tion is recorded. Then when the percentage reached 100%, SEF707X
SEF706X

EC-442
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If STOP is touched on the screen during Recording Data ...
xx%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is also displayed. A
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by TRIG-
GER POINT and Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL.
2. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger): EC
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
C
Operation
1. AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to D
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO E
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to Incident Simulation Tests in GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis F
for an Electrical Incident" .)
2. MANU TRIG
G
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
H

PBIB0197E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor EBS00BN4

Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.

EC-443
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
If the real-time diagnosis results are NG and the on board diagnostic system results are OK when diagnosing the mass air flow sen-
sor, first check to see if the fuel pump control circuit is normal.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value.
value.
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.0 - 1.5V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS A/F SE-B1
Shift lever: N 2,500 rpm Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.5 - 3.5 msec
Shift lever: N
B/FUEL SCHDL
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 2.5 - 3.5 msec
No-load
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
A/F ALPHA-B1 Engine: After warming up 54% - 155%
rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F)
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
LEAN RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up LEAN RICH
rpm quickly.
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CON- Almost the same speed as the
VEH SPEED SE
SULT-II value. CONSULT-II value
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V

ACCEL SEN1
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 3.9V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.15 - 0.97V

ACCEL SEN2
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 3.8V
Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1
THRTL SEN2 Shift lever:
D (A/T model) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T model)
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON START ON OFF ON OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model) ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T model)
Shift lever: Except above OFF

EC-444
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON
EC
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF C
and lighting switch is OFF.
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON ON OFF ON

Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan is operating. ON

HEATER FAN SW D
the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON E
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1 F
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
No-load
Engine: After warming up MT: 12 - 16 BTDC
Idle G
Shift lever: N AT: 14 - 18 BTDC
IGN TIMING
Air conditioner switch: OFF
2,000 rpm 25 - 45 BTDC
No-load H
Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% I
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 gm/s
J
Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 gm/s
No-load
K
Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 20 - 30% L
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 5CA
Shift lever: N M
INT/V TIM (B1) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 20CA
quickly
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 50%
quickly
No-load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates)
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY Engine running or cranking
Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON

EC-445
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine coolant temperature is 94C
OFF
(201F) or less
Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95C (203F) and 104C LOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF (219F)
Engine coolant temperature is 105C
HIGH
(221F) or more
Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm OFF
Vehicle has traveled after MI has 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0V
AC PRESS SEN Engine: Idle
1.0 - 4.0V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
CAN COMM* OK
CAN CIRC 1* OK
OK (A/T models)
CAN CIRC 2*
UNKWN (M/T models with ESP)
Ignition switch: ON
UNKWN (A/T models)
CAN CIRC 3*
OK (M/T models with ESP)
CAN CIRC 4* UNKWN
CAN CIRC 5* UNKWN
*: These items are not applied for M/T models without ESP.

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BN5

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1, THRTL SEN 1
Below is the data for CLSD THL POS, ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 when depressing the accelera-
tor pedal with the ignition switch ON and with selector lever in "D" position (A/T models) or with shift lever in
"1st" position (M/T models).
The signal of ACCEL SEN 1 and THRTL SEN 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise
after CLSD THL POS is changed from ON to OFF.

PBIB0198E

ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL SEN 1, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine suffi-
ciently.

EC-446
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A

EC

SEF241Y

EC-447
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

PBIB0668E

EC-448
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE PFP:00031
A
Description EBS00BFM

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E

Testing Condition EBS00BFN

Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,017 miles) F

2
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm , 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
G
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95C (167 - 203F)
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Electrical load: Not applied*2 H
Engine speed: Idle
*1: For A/T models with CONSULT-II, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive
vehicle until FLUID TEMP SE (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60C (140F). I
For A/T models without CONSUT-II and M/T models, after the engine is warmed up to normal operating tem-
perature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
*2: Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead. J

Inspection Procedure EBS00BFO

NOTE: K
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-412, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. L
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SE-
B1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. M
5. If NG, go to EC-450, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF601Z

EC-449
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BFP

SEF613ZD

EC-450
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

EC

SEF768Z

EC-451
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

SEF615ZA

EC-452
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Description EBS00BFQ

Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occur-
rences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific problem area. C
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow Situation
D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. E
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the problem area.

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BFR

F
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-402, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMA-
TION" . G

>> GO TO 2.
H
2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. I
Refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , "CIRCUIT INSPECTION",
"Ground Inspection".
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.

3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K

Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , "INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS". L
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace. M

EC-453
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM PFP:24110

Wiring Diagram EBS00BFS

TBWA0054E

EC-454
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BFT

A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR C
NO.
Counter current BATTERY VOLTAGE
12 R/B [Ignition switch "ON"]
return (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] D
[Ignition switch OFF] 0 - 1.0V
ECM relay For 3 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF
20 W/G E
(Self shut-off) [Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
3 seconds passed after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
OFF
[Ignition switch OFF] 0V F
42 B/R Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
G
59 B
60 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Engine ground
106 B/Y Idle speed
108 B/Y H
109 W Power supply for BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
111 W ECM (11 - 14V)

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BFU

I

1. INSPECTION START
Start engine. J
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8. K
No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground with CON-
M
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0535E

EC-455
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 59, 60, 106, 108 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK POWER SUPPLY-II

1. Disconnect ECM relay.

PBIB0493E

2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminals 1, 6 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

SEF420X

EC-456
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
10A fuse
20A fuse EC
Harness connectors E60, F36
Harness connectors E61, F38
C
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
7. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 20 and ECM relay terminal 2. E
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> Go to EC-592, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . G
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III H

1. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals, 109, 111 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester. I

Voltage: After turning ignition switch "OFF", battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
J
drop approximately 0V.

PBIB0536E
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. M
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 11.

EC-457
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Disconnect ECM relay.

PBIB0493E

2. Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

SEF860T

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness or connectors E60, F36
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and 10A fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and ECM relay terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal ECM relay terminal
12 7
109, 111 5

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

12. CHECK ECM RELAY

Refer to EC-459, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace ECM relay.

EC-458
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
13. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 59, 60, 106, 108 and engine ground. EC
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. D
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

F
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00BFV

ECM RELAY G
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
H
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
I
OFF No

3. If NG, replace ECM relay.

J
PBIB0077E

EC-459
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:23710

Description EBS00BFW

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BFX

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
ECM can not communicate to other control
unit. Harness or connectors
U1000 CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
1000 line ECM can not communicate for more than the shorted)
specified time.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BFY

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.

2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-462, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-460
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BFZ

EC

TBWA0096E

EC-461
 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BG0

1. INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Print out the CONSULT-II screen.
A/T models

PBIB0538E

M/T models with ESP

PBIB0539E

>> Go to LAN-5, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR A/T MODELS)" or LAN-11, "CAN SYSTEM (FOR M/T MOD-
ELS)" .

EC-462
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR PFP:22680
A
Component Description EBS00BG1

The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea-
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake EC
flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with electric current from
the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is controlled by the ECM a
certain amount. The heat generated by the hot film is reduced as the
intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. C
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change. D

SEC266C
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BG2

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1.0 - 1.5V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS A/F SE-B1 G
Shift lever: N 2,500 rpm Approx. 1.6 - 2.0V
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 10% - 35%
H
Shift lever: N
CAL/LD VALUE
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 10% - 35%
No-load I
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 4.0 gm/s
Shift lever: N
MASS AIRFLOW
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 gm/s J
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BG3

K
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- L
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) M
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.1 - 1.5V
Idle speed
72 OR Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.6 - 2.0V
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm.
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
80 B/P Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
Idle speed

EC-463
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BG4

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Harness or connectors
P0102 Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 circuit low input sent to ECM. Intake air leaks
Mass air flow sensor
Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 circuit high input sent to ECM.
Mass air flow sensor

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BG5

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-467, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and wait 5 seconds at most.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-467, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-464
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds. A
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-467, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. EC
5. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-467, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. C

SEF058Y
D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON". E
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-467, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. F
5. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
7. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON". G
8. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-467, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
H

EC-465
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BG6

TBWA0055E

EC-466
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BG7

1. INSPECTION START A

Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated?

P0102 or P0103 EC
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
C
2. CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
D
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Reconnect the parts. F
3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

H
>> GO TO 4.

J
PBIB0494E

EC-467
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0495E

3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminals 2, 4 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal Voltage
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
PBIB0076E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 80.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 72.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-468
 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A
Refer to EC-469, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9. EC
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS00BG8

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR E

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 72 (Mass air flow sensor F
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
G
Ignition switch "ON" (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.1 - 1.5
operating temperature.) H
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to
1.6 - 2.0
normal operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm* 1.5 - 2.0 to Approx. 4.0 I
PBIB0537E
*: Check for liner voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about
4,000 rpm.
4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. J
Turn ignition switch "OFF".

Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.

Perform steps 2 and 3 again.

K
5. If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from air duct. Check hot film for damage or dust.
6. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
L
Removal and Installation EBS00BG9

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" . M

EC-469
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR PFP:22630

Component Description EBS00BGA

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K

<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance k
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 93
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and body ground. SEF012P

CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BGB

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant
P0117 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
temperature sen-
0117 sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
sor circuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant
P0118 An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Engine coolant temperature sensor
temperature sen-
0118 sent to ECM.
sor circuit low input

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning ignition switch ON
or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-II display)

Engine coolant temper- Just as ignition switch is turned ON or Start 40C (104F)
ature sensor circuit More than approx. 4 minutes after ignition ON or
80C (176F)
Start
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.

EC-470
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BGC

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-473, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. D

F
SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 5 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
H
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-473, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-471
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BGD

TBWA0057E

EC-472
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BGE

1. CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness EC
connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
C

PBIB0496E E

4. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. F

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. H

PBIB0080E
I
2. CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check harness continuity between ECT sensor terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. K
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR M

Refer to EC-474, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-473
 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00BGF

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB0081E

<Reference data>
Engine coolant
Voltage* V Resistance k
temperature C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal
93 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and body ground. SEF012P

2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

Removal and Installation EBS00BGG

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to CO-21, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CONTROL VALVE" .

EC-474
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0120 TP SENSOR PFP:16119
A
Component Description EBS00BGH

Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to EC
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi- C
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig- D
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi- PBIB0145E
tion.
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BGI

Specification data are reference values.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
(Engine stopped)
THRTL SEN1 G
THRTL SEN2 Shift lever:
D (A/T model) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
1st (M/T model)
H
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BGJ

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION: I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER- J
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] K
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
Sensor's power sup-
L
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model) M
More than 0.36V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Throttle position sen- Accelerator pedal fully released
73 W
sor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
Less than 4.75V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal fully depressed

EC-475
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
Less than 4.75V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Throttle position sen- Accelerator pedal fully released
74 G
sor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
More than 0.36V
Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal fully depressed

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BGK

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
An excessively low or high voltage from
A) the throttle position sensor 1 is sent to
ECM.
Harness or connectors
An excessively low or high voltage from (The throttle position sensor 1 or 2 circuit
B) the throttle position sensor 2 is sent to is open or shorted.)
ECM.
Electric throttle control actuator
A difference between signals from sensor
C) 1 and sensor 2 is out of the specified
range.
Harness or connectors
P0120 Throttle position sensor
(The throttle position sensor 1, 2, accel-
0120 circuit
erator pedal position sensor 1, 2, mass
ECM detects a voltage of power source air flow sensor, power steering pressure
D) sensor or refrigerant pressure sensor cir-
for sensor is excessively low or high.
cuit is shorted.)
ECM
(ECM pin terminal is bend or break.)
Closed throttle position learning value is
E)
excessively low.
Electric throttle control actuator
Closed throttle position learning is not
F)
performed successfully, repeatedly.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B, C or D is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
Malfunction A The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle
position to be within +10 degrees.
Malfunction B
The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10 degrees.
Malfunction C* So, the acceleration will be poor.
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx.
Malfunction D
5 degrees) by the return spring.
*: The ECM enters in the fail-safe mode when the normal signal is entered to the ECM after the malfunction C was detected.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BGL

NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C AND D first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be con-
firmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E". If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed,
perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION F".
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

EC-476
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A, B, C AND D
With CONSULT-II
EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
C
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-480, "MALFUNCTIONING
A, B, C, AND D" in "Diagnostic Procedure".
D

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II F
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM. G
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-480, "MALFUNCTIONING A, B, C, AND D" in "Diagnostic Proce-
dure".
H
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION E
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
I
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch "ON". J
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-482, "MALFUNCTION E
AND F" in "Diagnostic Procedure".
K

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II M
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-482, "MALFUNCTION E AND F" in "Diagnostic Procedure".
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION F
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".

EC-477
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch "ON".
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4, 32 times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-482, "MALFUNCTION E
AND F" in "Diagnostic Procedure".

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Repeat step 2, 32 times.
4. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-482, "MALFUNCTION E AND F" in "Diagnostic Procedure".

EC-478
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BGM

EC

TBWA0058E

EC-479
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BGN

MALFUNCTIONING A, B, C, AND D
1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

2. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0497E

3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal

1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0082E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for short between ECM and electric throttle control actuator
Harness for short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
Harness for short between ECM and mass air flow sensor
Harness for short between ECM and power steering pressure sensor
Harness for short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
ECM pin terminal

>> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-480
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4, ECM
terminal 74 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. F

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H

6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect joint connector-4.
3. Check the following.
J
Continuity between joint connector-4 terminal 1 and engine ground
Joint connector-4
(Refer to PG-29, "Harness Layout" .)
K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power. L
5. Then reconnect joint connector-4.
OK or NG
M
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-482, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

EC-481
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

MALFUNCTION E AND F
1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BGO

THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch "ON".
4. Set selector lever to "D" position (A/T models) or "1st" position (M/T models).

EC-482
 DTC P0120 TP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 73 (TP sensor 1), 74 (TP
sensor 2) and engine ground under the following conditions. A
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage

73 Fully released More than 0.36V

EC
(Throttle position sensor 1) Fully depressed Less than 4.75V

74 Fully released Less than 4.75V

(Throttle position sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 0.36V C
6. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next
step. PBIB0559E

7. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" . D

8. Perform EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
Remove and Installation EBS00BGP E
ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
F

EC-483
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0121 APP SENSOR PFP:18002

Component Description EBS00BGQ

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has the two sensors. These sen-
sors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator
pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the
ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing
speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the
ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator
pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor
based on these signals. PBIB0146E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BGR

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V

ACCEL SEN1
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 3.9V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.15 - 0.97V

ACCEL SEN2
(engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 3.8V
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BGS

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
Accelerator pedal
64 OR/L position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 2.5V
power supply
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.41 - 0.71V
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released
75 R/L
position sensor 1 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed

EC-484
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.09 - 0.48V
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal fully released EC
76 B/W
position sensor 2 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 1.9V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
C
Accelerator pedal
86 L position sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V
ground
D
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BGT

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E
An excessively low or high voltage from the
A) accelerator pedal position sensor 1 is sent to
ECM. Harness or connectors
(The accelerator pedal position
P0121 Accelerator pedal posi- An excessively low or high voltage from the F
sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or
0121 tion sensor circuit B) accelerator pedal position sensor 2 is sent to
shorted.)
ECM.
Electric throttle control actuator
C)
A difference between signals from sensor 1 and G
2 is out of the specified range.

FAIL-SAFE MODE H
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
I
Malfunction A The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the
idle position to be within +10 degrees.
Malfunction B
The ECM regulates an opening speed of approx. 5 seconds to an opening of 10 degrees.
Malfunction C So, the acceleration will be poor. J
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BGU

NOTE: K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle. L

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. M
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-487, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.

EC-485
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-487, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Wiring Diagram EBS00BGV

TBWA0091E

EC-486
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BGW A

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. EC
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2. C

E
PBIB0494E

2. CHECK APP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G

I
PBIB0498E

3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminals 4, 6 and ground J

with CONSULT-II or tester.
APP sensor terminal Voltage (V)
K
4 Approximately 2.5
6 Approximately 5

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
PBIB0560E M

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-487
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 1, 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 75 and APP sensor terminal 5, ECM terminal 76 and
APP sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-489, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 9.

9. REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Perform EC-396, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-488
 DTC P0121 APP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection EBS00BGX

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR C

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Perform EC-396, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
3. Turn ignition switch "ON". D
4. Check voltage between ECM terminals 75 (APP sensor 1 sig-
nal), 76 (APP sensor 2 signal) and engine ground under the fol-
lowing conditions. E
Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage
75 Fully released 0.41 - 0.71V
(Accelerator pedal position F
sensor 1) Fully depressed More than 3.9V

76 Fully released 0.09 - 0.48V

(Accelerator pedal position G
sensor 2) Fully depressed More than 1.9V
PBIB0561E
5. If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly.
6. Perform EC-396, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" . H

Remove and Installation EBS00BGY

ACCELERATOR PEDAL
I
Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-489
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0134 HO2S1 PFP:22690

Component Description EBS00BGZ

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.

SEF463R

SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BH0

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BH1

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 G/W Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-490
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BH2

A
Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is
not input, the ECM circuits will read a continuous approximately
0.3V. Therefore, for this diagnosis, the time that output voltage is
within 200 to 400 mV range is monitored, and the diagnosis checks EC
that this time is not inordinately long.

D
SEF237U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
E

Heated oxygen sensor Harness or connectors

P0134 The voltage from the sensor is constantly (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
1 circuit high no activity
0134 approx. 0.3V. F
detected Heated oxygen sensor 1

Overall Function Check EBS00BH4

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st G
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-II
H
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select "MANU TRIG" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CON-
SULT-II, and select "HO2S1 (B1)".
I
3. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load.
4. Make sure that the indications do not remain in the range
between 0.2 to 0.4V.
J
5. If NG, go to EC-493, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF646Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II L
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con- M
stant under no load.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 - 0.4V.

4. If NG, go to EC-493, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

PBIB0543E

EC-491
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BH5

TBWA0059E

EC-492
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BH6

1. INSPECTION START A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC

>> GO TO 2.
C

PBIB0494E E

2. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

F
1. Disconnect HO2S1 harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 3 and
ground.
G
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power. H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- I
PBIB0500E
nectors.

3. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
K
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground. L
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist. M
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-494, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

EC-493
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BH7

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-
II.
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow-
ing steps.
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.

SEF646Y

6. Check the following.

HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds.
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

SEF217YA

SEF648Y

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground.

EC-494
 DTC P0134 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3.Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load. A
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time. EC
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V C

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped D
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
Removal and Installation EBS00BH8
E
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1
Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .
F

EC-495
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0327, P0328 KS PFP:22060

Component Description EBS00BH9

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.

PBIB0512E

The MI will not light for knock sensor malfunction.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BHA

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
82 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
Idle speed

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BHB

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
Name
P0327 Knock sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
Harness or connectors
0327 low input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328 Knock sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
Knock sensor
0328 high input sent to ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BHC

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.

EC-496
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-499, "Diagnostic Procedure" A
.

EC

SEF058Y
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON". E
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-499, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
F

EC-497
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BHD

TBWA0064E

EC-498
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BHE

1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. EC
3. Check resistance between ECM terminal 82 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M. C

Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)]

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2. E

2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
F
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.

I
PBIB0512E

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and knock sensor terminal 1. J
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

3. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

M
Refer to EC-500, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace knock sensor.

EC-499
 DTC P0327, P0328 KS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS
Loose and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 5.

PBIB0494E

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BHF

KNOCK SENSOR
Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more
than 10 M.
Resistance: Approximately 530 - 590k [at 20C (68F)]
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or phys-
ically damaged. Use only new ones.

SEF478Y

Removal and Installation EBS00BHG

KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EM-64, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-500
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) PFP:23731
A
Component Description EBS00BHH

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at EC
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth C
cause the gap with the sensor change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change. D
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes. PBIB0562E
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
E
the engine revolution.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BHI

Specification data are reference values. F

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the G
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value.
value.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BHJ H

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- I
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE J
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 3V
K
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
L

PBIB0527E
Crankshaft position
71 PU/R M
sensor (POS)
Approximately 3V

[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0528E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-501
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BHK

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking.
Harness or connectors
The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0335 Crankshaft position
position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
0335 sensor (POS) circuit Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
while the engine is running.
Signal plate
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not in the normal pattern during engine
running.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BHL

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch "ON".
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-504, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Crank engine at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-504, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-502
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BHM

EC

TBWA0065E

EC-503
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BHN

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 2.

PBIB0494E

2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.

PBIB0512E

2. Turn ignition switch "ON".

3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0664E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and crankshaft position sensor (POS)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-504
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK CKP (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

5. CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 71 and CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-505, "Component Inspection" .
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
J
7. CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace the signal plate. L

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . M

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BHO

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

EC-505
 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connec-
tor.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB0563E

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)

PBIB0564E

Removal and Installation EBS00BHP

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EM-64, "CYLINDER BLOCK" .

EC-506
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) PFP:23731
A
Component Description EBS00BHQ

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction with

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The crankshaft EC
position sensor (POS) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification C
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause D
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to PBIB0562E
change.
E
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BHR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground. F
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. G
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO. H
1.0 - 4.0V

[Engine is running] I
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
J
PBIB0525E
Camshaft position
63 L/W
sensor (PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
K

[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm. L

PBIB0526E
M
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BHS

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
for the first few seconds during engine
cranking. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 Camshaft position sen- Camshaft (Intake)
The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM
0340 sor (PHASE) circuit
during engine running. Starter motor (Refer to SC-21 .)
The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-21 .)
pattern during engine running.
Dead (Weak) battery

EC-507
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BHT

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch "ON".
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec-
onds at idle speed.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-510, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5
seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-510, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. SEF013Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Crank engine at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-510, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
5. Start engine and maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
6. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
7. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-510, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-508
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BHU

EC

TBWA0066E

EC-509
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BHV

1. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over?
Does the starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-21, "STARTING SYSTEM" .)

2. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

>> GO TO 3.

PBIB0494E

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness
connector.
2. Turn ignition switch "ON".

PBIB0496E

3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

PBIB0664E

EC-510
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ECM and camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". D
2. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and engine ground.
Continuity should exist.
E
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. F
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 63 and CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EC-512, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
L
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

M
Check the following.
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB0565E

EC-511
 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BHW

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connec-
tor.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB0563E

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or
2 (+) - 3 (-)

PBIB0564E

Removal and Installation EBS00BHX

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EM-33, "CAMSHAFT" .

EC-512
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0500 VSS PFP:32702
A
Component Description EBS00BHY

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP mod-
els), 4WD/ABS control unit (without ESP models). The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM. EC
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BHZ

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
C
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
D
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
E
Approximately 2.3V

[Engine is running]
F
81 L/B Vehicle speed sensor Lift up the vehicle
Vehicle speed is 40 km/h (25MPH)

G
PBIB0531E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
H
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BI0

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
I
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from Wheel sensor
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor combination meter is sent to ECM even J
0500 ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP models)
when vehicle is being driven.
4WD/ABS control unit (without ESP models)
Combination meter
K
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BI1

CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.

EC-513
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Read "VHCL SPEED SE" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CON-
SULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-517, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec-
onds.
SEF196Y
ENG SPEED 2,000 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70C (158F)
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.9 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF

6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-517, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

Overall Function Check EBS00BI2

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Lift up the vehicle.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed with combination meter.
The vehicle speed indication should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-
able gear position.
4. If NG, go to EC-517, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-514
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BI3

LHD MODELS A

EC

TBWA0068E

EC-515
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
RHD MODELS

TBWA0069E

EC-516
 DTC P0500 VSS
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BI4

1. CHECK DTC WITH ESP/TCS/ABS CONTROL UNIT, 4WD/ABS CONTROL UNIT A

Check DTC with ESP/TCS/ABS control unit (with ESP models), 4WD/ABS control unit (without ESP models).
Refer to BRC-60 or BRC-7 . EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. C

2. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter function. D
Refer to DI-10, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" (LHD mod-
els), DI-28, "Meter/Gauge Operation and Odo/Trip Meter Segment Check in Diagnosis Mode" (RHD models).
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to combination meter.
F
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 and combination meter terminal 49 (LHD models), 62
(RHD models).
H
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. J

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

K
Check the following.
Harness connectors M62, F42
Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter L

>> Repair harness or connectors.

M
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-517
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR PFP:49763

Component Description EBS00BI5

Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.

PBIB0502E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BI6

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BI7

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
65 R Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pres- Steering wheel is being turned.
67 P
sure sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
Steering wheel is not being turned.

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BI8

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
P0550 Power steering pres- An excessively low or high voltage from the (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
0550 sure sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
Power steering pressure sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BI9

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

EC-518
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-521, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
EC
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-521, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
C

EC-519
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BIA

TBWA0087E

EC-520
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BIB

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC

>> GO TO 2.
C

PBIB0494E E

2. CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Disconnect PSP sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch "ON".
G

I
PBIB0502E

3. Check voltage between PSP sensor terminal 3 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester. J

Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
L

SEF509Y
M
3. CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between PSP sensor terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-521
 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 67 and PSP sensor terminal 2.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

5. CHECK PSP SENSOR

Refer to EC-522, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace PSP sensor.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BIC

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 67 and ground under the
following conditions.

Condition Voltage
Steering wheel is being turned fully. Approximately 3.6V
Steering wheel is not being turned. Approximately 0.6V

PBIB0570E

EC-522
 DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0605 ECM PFP:23710
A
Component Description EBS00BID

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC

SEF093X
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BIE

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. G

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected. H
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A I
degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BIF

Perform "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A" first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform " J
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B". If there is no problem on "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION
B", perform "PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C".
NOTE: K
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A L
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. M
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-523
 DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn "ON".
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn "ON".
4. Repeat step 3 procedure, 32 times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn "ON".
3. Repeat step 2 procedure, 32 times.
4. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-525, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-524
 DTC P0605 ECM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BIG

1. INSPECTION START A

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ERASE.
C
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-523 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
D
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" memory. Refer to EC-403, "How to Erase E
DTC ( Without CONSULT-II)" .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-523 . F
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2. G
No >> INSPECTION END

2. REPLACE ECM H
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-403,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . I
3. Perform EC-396, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
J
5. Perform EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END K

EC-525
 DTC P0650 MI
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P0650 MI PFP:24810

Component Description EBS00BIH

Malfunction Indicator (MI) is located on the instrument panel. When the ignition switch is turned ON without
engine running, MI will light up. This is a bulb check. When the engine is started, MI should go off. If MI
remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BII

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM
through the MI circuit under the condition
Harness or connectors
P0650 Malfunction indicator that calls for MI light up.
(MI circuit is open or shorted.)
0650 (MI) control circuit An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM
MI
through the MI circuit under the condition
that calls for MI not to light up.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when both DTC P0650 and another DTC, which calls for MI to light up, are
detected at the same time.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
MI circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BIJ

NOTE:
If "DTC Confirmation Procedure" has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-528, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF058Y

Overall Function Check EBS00BOZ

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Check that the MI is illuminated.
3. If NG, go to EC-528, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to next step.
4. Start engine.
5. Check that the MI is not illuminated.
6. If NG, go to EC-528, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-526
 DTC P0650 MI
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BIK

EC

TBWA0130E

EC-527
 DTC P0650 MI
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BIL

1. CHECK MI POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

4. Check voltage between combination meter terminal 46 (LHD

models), 59 (RHD models) and ground with CONSULT-II or
tester
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0571E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse block (J/B) and combination meter

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3. CHECK MI OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 18 and combination meter terminal 62 (LHD models), 52
(RHD models). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and combination meter

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-528
 DTC P0650 MI
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK COMBINATION METER A
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check continuity under the following conditions. EC

CONDITION MODEL Terminal No. (Polarity) Continuity

LHD 62 (+) - 46 () C
1 Should exist.
RHD 52 (+) - 59 ()
LHD 46 (+) - 62 ()
2 Should not exist. D
RHD 59 (+) - 52 ()

PBIB0572E

OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-21, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter"
(LHD models), DI-38, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter" (RHD models). I
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . J

>> INSPECTION END

K

EC-529
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY PFP:23710

Component Description EBS00B89

Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.

SEF093X

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00B8A

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
P1065 ECM power supply cir- ECM back up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
1065 cuit properly. open or shorted.]
ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00B8B

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn "ON".
5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 four times.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-532, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSUT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn "ON".
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 four times.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-532, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-530
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B8C

EC

TBWA0129E

EC-531
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B8D

1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 66 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0573E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and battery

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select "SELF DIAG RESULTS" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch "ERASE".
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-530 .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase the "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" memory. Refer to EC-403, "How to Erase
DTC ( Without CONSULT-II)" .
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-530 .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P1065 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> INSPECTION END

EC-532
 DTC P1065 ECM POWER SUPPLY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-403,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . EC
3. Perform EC-396, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .
4. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" . C

>> INSPECTION END

D

EC-533
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR PFP:16119

Description EBS00BIM

Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening
angle properly in response to driving condition.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BIN

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
P1121 Electric throttle control
Electric throttle control actuator
1121 actuator Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is
B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction A, B or C is detected
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C
The engine can restart in "N" or "P" position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BIO

NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be con-
firmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C".
If there is no problem on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B, perform PROCEDURE
FOR MALFUNCTION C.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition witch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Shift selector lever to "D" position (A/T), "1st" position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then
turn "ON".
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-535, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to "D" position (A/T models), "1st" position (M/T models) and wait at least 2 seconds.

EC-534
 DTC P1121 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn "ON".
4. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM. A
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-535, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C EC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Shift selector lever to "D" position (A/T), "1st" position (M/T) and
wait at least 2 seconds.
4. Shift selector lever to "N" or "P" position. D
5. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-535, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. E

SEF058Y F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to "D" position (A/T models), "1st" position (M/T models) and wait at least 2 seconds. G
3. Shift selector lever to "N" or "P" position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
H
5. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn "ON".
6. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-535, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BIP

1. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY J

1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve
and the housing. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle L
control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E

2. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-535
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION PFP:16119

Description EBS00BIQ

NOTE:
If DTC P1122 is displayed with DTC P1121, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P1121. Refer to
EC-534 .
Electric Throttle Control Actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BIR

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch "ON"]

Throttle control motor Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
114 R
(Open) Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal is depressing

PBIB0533E

Throttle control motor [Engine is running]

115 B/Y Approximately 0V
ground Idle speed

0 - 14V

[Ignition switch "ON"]

Throttle control motor Gear position is "D" (A/T model)
116 G
(Close) Gear position is "1st" (M/T model)
Accelerator pedal is releasing

PBIB0534E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BIS

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control feedback function does Harness or connectors
A)
P1122 Electric throttle control not operate properly. (Throttle control motor circuit is
1122 function An excessively high ampere of current flows open or shorted.)
B)
through throttle control motor to ECM. Electric throttle control actuator

FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction A is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MI lights up.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A
degrees) by the return spring.

EC-536
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BIT

A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II. C
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-539, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. D

SEF058Y
F
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. G
3. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
4. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
H
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-539, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC-537
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BIU

TBWA0092E

EC-538
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BIV

1. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS A

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".

2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws. EC

>> GO TO 2.
C

PBIB0494E E

2. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Electric throttle control H
ECM terminal Continuity
actuator terminal
114 Should exist
6 I
116 Should not exist
114 Should not exist PBIB0497E
3
116 Should exist J
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. K
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 115 and engine ground.
M
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-539
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

PBIB0518E

5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Refer to EC-540, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 8.

6. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect joint connector-4.
2. Check harness continuity between joint connector-4 terminal 1 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

8. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator.
2. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
3. Perform EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BIW

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector F19.

EC-540
 DTC P1122 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Check resistance between terminals 3 and 6.
A
Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 [at 25 C (77F)]
3. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next
step. EC
4. Perform EC-396, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" .
5. Perform EC-396, "Idle Air Volume Learning" .
C

PBIB0095E
D

EC-541
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY PFP:16119

Component Description EBS00BIX

Power supply for the Throttle Control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BIY

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BIZ

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor [Ignition switch "OFF"]
112 W/R (11 - 14V)
relay
[Ignition switch "ON"] 0 - 1.0V
Throttle control motor BATTERY VOLTAGE
113 W/B [Ignition switch "ON"]
relay power supply (11 - 14V)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BJ0

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is Harness or connectors
A)
P1123 Throttle control motor stuck ON. (Throttle control motor relay cir-
1123 relay circuit ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is cuit is open or shorted.)
B)
stuck OFF. Throttle control motor relay

FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when the malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening
Malfunction A
(approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BJ1

NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.

EC-542
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-545, "Diagnostic Procedure" A
.

EC

SEF058Y
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON" and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON". E
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-545, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
F

EC-543
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BJ2

TBWA0093E

EC-544
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BJ3

1. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect throttle control motor relay harness connector. EC

PBIB0505E E

3. Check voltage between throttle control motor relay terminals 2, 5

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester. F

Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
H

PBIB0575E
I
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. J
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle control motor relay and battery
K
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

3. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Check continuity between ECM terminal 113 and throttle control motor relay terminal 3.
M
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-545
 DTC P1123 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check continuity between ECM terminal 112 and throttle control motor relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Harness for open or short between ECM and throttle control motor relay

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

Refer to EC-546, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace throttle control motor relay.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BJ4

THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY

1. Apply 12V direct current between relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
No current supply No

3. If NG, replace throttle control motor relay.

PBIB0098E

EC-546
 DTC P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS COMMUNICATION LINE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:47850
A
Description EBS00D2A

NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to EC
EC-460 .
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during ESP/TCS/ABS operation.
Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and ESP/ABS/TCS control unit.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only in ESP/TCS/ABS control unit but C
also ECM after the ESP/TCS/ABS related repair.
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00D2B
D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
E
(The CAN communication line between
P1212 ESP/TCS/ABS commu- ECM can not receive the information from ECM and ESP/TCS/ABS control unit is
1212 nication line ESP/TCS/ABS control unit continuously. open or shorted.)
ESP/TCS/ABS control unit F
Dead (Weak) battery

Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MI will not light up for this self- G
diagnosis.
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00D2C

TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. J
4. If a 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-547, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
K

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II M
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
3. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-547, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00D90

1. CHECK ESP/TCS/ABS CONTROL UNIT FUNCTION

Refer to BRC-60, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-547
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE PFP:00000

System Description EBS00BJ9

COOLING FAN CONTROL

ECM
Sensor Input Signal to PCM Actuator
function
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Cooling
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal Cooling fan relay(s)
fan control
Ignition switch Start signal
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
OPERATION

PBIB0576E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BJA

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)

EC-548
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
Engine coolant temperature is 94C
OFF
(201F) or less
Engine: After warming up, idle Engine coolant temperature is
COOLING FAN the engine between 95C (203F) and 104C LOW EC
Air conditioner switch: OFF (219F)
Engine coolant temperature is 105C
HIGH
(221F) or more C

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BJB

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground. D
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. E
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
F
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
27 LG/B
(High) [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V G
Cooling fan is high speed operating
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan relay Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V) H
37 LG
(Low) [Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
Cooling fan is operating
I
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BJC

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. J
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.) L
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- Cooling fan
heat). Radiator hose
P1217 Engine over tempera- Cooling fan system does not operate prop- M
Radiator
1217 ture (Overheat) erly (Overheat).
Radiator cap
Engine coolant was not added to the system
using the proper filling method. Water pump
Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-560,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-9, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-19, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check EBS00BJD

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.

EC-549
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-553,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-553,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

SEF621W

4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-

SULT-II.
5. If the results are NG, go to EC-553, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF646X

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-553,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-553,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Start engine.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
SEF621W
4. Set temperature control lever to full cold position.
5. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
6. Turn blower fan switch ON.
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
8. Make sure that cooling fan operates at low speed.
If NG, go to EC-553, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to the following step.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF.
10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
12. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
SEC163BA

EC-550
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at A
higher speed than low speed.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
14. If NG, go to EC-553, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC

MEC475B
D

EC-551
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BJE

TBWA0071E

EC-552
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BJF

1. INSPECTION START A

Do you have CONSULT-II?

Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 4.
C
2. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
With CONSULT-II D
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
E

G
PBIB0505E

3. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON- H

SULT-II.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
556, "PROCEDURE A" .) J

SEF784Z K

3. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION

L
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3. M
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at higher speed
than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
558, "PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF785Z

EC-553
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Set temperature lever at full cold position.
4. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
5. Turn blower fan switch ON.

PBIB0505E

6. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
556, "PROCEDURE A" .)

SEC163BA

5. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
4. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
5. Connect 150 resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
6. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 oper-
ate at higher speed than low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
558, "PROCEDURE B" .)

MEC475B

EC-554
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK A
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.
EC
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm 2 , 23 psi)
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
C
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. D
NG >> Check the following for leak
SLC754A
Hose

Radiator E
Water pump
Refer to CO-19, "WATER PUMP" .

7. CHECK RADIATOR CAP F

Apply pressure to cap with a tester.

Radiator cap relief pressure: 59 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, G
0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi)
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace radiator cap.
I

SLC755A
J
8. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly. K
2. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature: 82C (180F) [standard] L
Valve lift: More than 8 mm/95C
(0.31 in/203F)
3. Check if valve is closed at 5C (9F) below valve opening tem- M
perature.
For details, refer to CO-21, "THERMOSTAT AND WATER CON-
TROL VALVE" .
OK or NG SLC343
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace thermostat

9. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-474, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

EC-555
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
10. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-560, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE A
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 5, 7 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0577E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
10A fuse
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
40A fusible links
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-556
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling
fan motor-2 harness connector. EC
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3
and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-1 terminal
4 and body ground. C
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6
PBIB0504E
and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan motor-2 terminal
E
4 and body ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist. F
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. G
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2.
I
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. K

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

L
Check the following.
Harness connectors E61, F38
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM M

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1

Refer to EC-561, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relay.

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

Refer to EC-561, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

EC-557
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE B
1. CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1,
3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0251E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
10A fuse
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
40A fusible links
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible links

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-558
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between the following; EC
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3,
cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and body ground. C
Refer to wiring diagram.
Continuity should exist.
D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between the following;
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2,
E
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3,
cooling fan relay-3 terminal 7 and body ground.
Refer to wiring diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
4. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
I
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 27 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-3
terminal 2.
Refer to wiring diagram.
J
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
L
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
M
Harness connectors E61, F38
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2, -3 and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3

Refer to EC-561, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.

EC-559
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS
Refer to EC-561, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Main 12 Causes of Overheating EBS00BJG

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 Blocked radiator Visual No blocking
Blocked condenser
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked bumper
2 Coolant mixture Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-19, "Engine
Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
3 Coolant level Visual Coolant up to MAX level See CO-9, "Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant" .
ator filler neck
4 Radiator cap Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa See CO-13, "CHECKING
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 RADIATOR CAP" .
kg/cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)

ON*2 5 Coolant leaks Visual No leaks See CO-9, "LEAK

CHECK" .

ON*2 6 Thermostat Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-21, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT AND WATER CON-
TROL VALVE" , and CO-
12, "RADIATOR" .

ON*1 7 Cooling fan CONSULT-II Operating See trouble diagnosis for

DTC P1217 (EC-548 ).
OFF 8 Combustion gas leak Color checker chemical Negative
tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 Coolant temperature Visual Gauge less than 3/4

gauge when driving
Coolant overflow to Visual No overflow during driving See CO-9, "Changing
reservoir tank and idling Engine Coolant" .

OFF* 4 10 Coolant return from Visual Should be initial level in See CO-9, "LEVEL
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank CHECK" .
tor
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-52, "CYLINDER
gauge mum distortion (warping) HEAD" .
12 Cylinder block and pis- Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-52, "CYLINDER
tons walls or piston HEAD" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-5, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .

EC-560
 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00BJH

COOLING FAN RELAYS-1, -2 AND -3 A

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
Conditions Continuity EC
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes
No current supply No
C
If NG, replace relay.

D
SEF745U

COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2 E

1. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors.
2. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and
check operation.
F
Terminals
Speed
(+) ()
G
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor
High 1, 2 3, 4
H
Cooling fan motor should operate. SEF734W
If NG, replace cooling fan motor.

EC-561
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25320

Description EBS00BJI

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BJJ

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BJK

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal fully released
40 P Stop lamp switch
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal fully depressed (11 - 14V)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS00BJL

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
P1805 A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for an (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or
Brake switch shorted.)
1805 extremely long time while the vehicle is driving.
Stop lamp switch

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS00BJM

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-II.
4. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-565, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.

SEF058Y

WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" memory. Refer to EC-403, "How to Erase
DTC ( Without CONSULT-II)" .

EC-562
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. Turn ignition switch "OFF", wait at least 10 seconds and then turn "ON".
5. Perform "Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results)" with ECM. A
6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-565, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

EC

EC-563
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BJN

TBWA0089E

EC-564
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BJO

1. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT A

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. EC

Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated C
Depressed Illuminated

OK or NG
D
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

F

PBIB0498E

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground I

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. K

L
PBIB0117E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

M
Check the following.
15A fuse
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-565
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and stop
lamp switch terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. PBIB0498E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, M41
Joint connector-2 (LHD models)
Joint connector-3 (RHD models)
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH

Refer to EC-566, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BJP

STOP LAMP SWITCH

1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB0498E

EC-566
 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2
under the following conditions. A
Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.
EC
Brake pedal depressed Should exist.

3. If NG, replace stop lamp switch.

C

PBIB0118E
D

EC-567
 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 HEATER PFP:22690

Description EBS00BJQ

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Heated oxygen sensor 1
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Engine coolant tempera- heater control
Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture

The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
Above 3,600 OFF
Below 3,600 ON

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BJR

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S1 HTR (B1) Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BJS

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

Approximately 7.0V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Heated oxygen sen-
2 P/L Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm.
sor 1 heater

PBIB0519E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm. (11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-568
 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BJT

EC

TBWA0075E

EC-569
 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BJU

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch "ON".
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminals 2 (HO2S1 heater signal) and ground.
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
Conditions Voltage

Approximately 7.0V

At idle

PBIB0673E
PBIB0519E

BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed is above 3,600 rpm
(11 - 14V)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK HO2S1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0500E

4. Check voltage between HO2S1 terminal 4 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0541E

EC-570
 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103 EC
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
C

>> Repair harness or connectors.

4. CHECK HO2S1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. E
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 2 and HO2S1 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-572, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
J
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K

>> INSPECTION END

L

EC-571
 HO2S1 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00BJV

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOT 1 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
1 and 4 2.3 - 4.3 at 25C (77F)
2 and 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

PBIB0542E

Removal and Installation EBS00BJW

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-572
 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 HEATER PFP:226A0
A
Description EBS00BJX

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Heated oxygen sensor 2
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) heater control
C
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater D
Above 3,800 OFF
Below 3,800 ON
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BJY

Specification data are reference values.

F
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine speed: Below 3,800 rpm [After driving for 2 minutes at a speed
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) of 70 km/h (43 MPH) or more]
G
Engine speed: Above 3,800 rpm OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BJZ

H
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- I
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR J
NO.
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is below 3,800 rpm.
0 - 1.0V K
After driving for 2 minutes at a speed of 70 km/h
Heated oxygen sen- (43 MPH) or more.
4 PU/R
sor 2 heater [Ignition switch ON]
L
Engine stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
Engine speed is above 3,800 rpm. M

EC-573
 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BK0

TBWA0077E

EC-574
 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BK1

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK A

1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at over 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle and keep the engine running. EC
3. Set the voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 4 (HO2S2 heater signal) and ground.
4. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
C
Conditions Voltage
At idle 0 - 1V
Engine speed is above D
Battery voltage
3,800 rpm
OK or NG
E
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0672E
F
2. CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
H

J
PBIB0500E

4. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground with K

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. M

PBIB0541E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-575
 HO2S2 HEATER
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 4 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Refer to EC-576, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BK2

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows.
Terminal No. Resistance
1 and 4 2.3 - 4.3 at 25C (77F)
2 and 1, 3, 4
3 and 1, 2, 4 (Continuity should not exist)

2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface
such as a concrete floor; use a new one.

PBIB0542E

Removal and Installation EBS00BK3

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-576
 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IAT SENSOR PFP:22630
A
Component Description EBS00BK4

The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor.
The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to EC
the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise. C

SEC266C
E
<Reference data>
Intake air
Voltage* V Resistance k F
temperature C (F)
25 (77) 3.32 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 1.23 0.31 - 0.37 G
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 84
(Intake air temperature sensor) and body ground.

CAUTION: H
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I

EC-577
 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BK5

TBWA0073E

EC-578
 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BK6

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A

1. Turn ignition switch "ON".

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 84 and ground with CON- EC
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 0.04 - 4.84V
C
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 2. D

PBIB0674E E

2. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (intake air temperature sensor
is built-into) harness connector.
G
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0495E

J
4. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 5 and ground.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.
L

M
PBIB0066E

3. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 3 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-579
 IAT SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-580, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BK7

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor termi-
nals 3 and 5 under the following conditions.
Intake air temperature C (F) Resistance k
25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1

2. If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature
sensor).

SEC266C

SEF012P

Removal and Installation EBS00BK8

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-15, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-580
 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S1 PFP:22690
A
Component Description EBS00B8I

The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside EC
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection C
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
D

SEF463R
E

H
SEF288D

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B8J I

Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION J
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm
LEAN RICH K
Maintaining engine speed at 2,000
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up Changes more than 5 times dur-
rpm
ing 10 seconds.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B8K L

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- M
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen- 0 - Approximately 1.0V (Periodi-
92 G/W Warm-up condition
sor 1 cally change)
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-581
 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B8L

TBWA0074E

EC-582
 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B8M

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION A

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. EC
2. Select "HO2S1 MNTR (B1)" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the monitors fluctuate between LEAN and RICH more C
than five times in 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH LEAN RICH D
2 times: RICH LEAN RICH LEAN RICH

SEF820Y
F
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
G
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Set ECM in "Diagnostic test mode - II (Heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor)".
Refer to EC-406, "DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1 MONITOR" . H
4. Keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load, and make
sure that the MI comes ON more than five times in 10 seconds.
OK or NG I
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
J

K
SAT652J

2. INSPECTION START L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
M
>> GO TO 3.

PBIB0494E

EC-583
 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK HO2S1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect HO2S1 harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between HO2S1 terminal 3 and
ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- PBIB0500E
nectors.

4. CHECK HO2S1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 and HO2S1 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 92 or HO2S1 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EC-584, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B8N

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select MANU TRIG and adjust TRIGGER POINT to 100% in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-
II.

EC-584
 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Select HO2S1 (B1) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1).
4. Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the follow- A
ing steps.
5. Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
EC

SEF646Y
D
6. Check the following.
HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode changes
from RICH to LEAN to RICH 5 times in 10 seconds. E
5 times (cycles) are counted as shown at right.
HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes above 0.6V at least once.

HO2S1 (B1) voltage goes below 0.3V at least once. F

HO2S1 (B1) voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

G
SEF217YA

SEF648Y K
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. L
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 92 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and engine ground. M
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm con-
stant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V
more than 5 times within 10 seconds.
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least one time.

The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least one time.

The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.

1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V

2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V
CAUTION: PBIB0543E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped
from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.

EC-585
 HO2S1
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00B8O

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 1

Refer to EM-22, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST" .

EC-586
 HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
HO2S2 PFP:226A0
A
Component Description EBS00B8P

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. EC
Even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are
shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt- C
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for D
engine control operation.
SEF327R
E
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B8Q

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION F
Revving engine from idle to 3,000
HO2S2 (B1) Engine: After warming up 0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
rpm quickly.
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 G
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Engine: After warming up LEAN RICH
rpm quickly.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B8R

H
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- I
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) J
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Heated oxygen sen-
95 OR/B Warm-up condition 0 - Approximately 1.0V
sor 2 K
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

EC-587
 HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B8S

TBWA0076E

EC-588
 HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B8T

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I A

1. Start engine and drive the vehicle at over 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle and keep the engine running. EC
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 (HO2S2 signal) and ground.
4. Check the voltage while revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possi- C
ble.)
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 -0.4V
D
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. E

PBIB0675E F

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II

G
Keep engine at idle for 10 minutes, then check the voltage between
ECM terminal 95 and ground, or check voltage when coasting 80
km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd gear (M/T), "D" position with "OD" OFF (A/T).
H
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 -0.4V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 3.

J
PBIB0675E

3. RETIGHTEN GROUND SCREWS K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
L
>> GO TO 4.

PBIB0494E

EC-589
 HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 3 and
engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- PBIB0500E
nectors.

5. CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 and HO2S2 terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 95 or HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EC-590, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B8U

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes.
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.

EC-590
 HO2S2
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II. A

EC

SEF662Y
D
4. Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.

PBIB0551E

HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%. H
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.50V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 I
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at a speed of more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 2 consecutive minutes. J
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 95 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] and engine ground.
4. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load K
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this L
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.68V at step 4, step 5 is not neces-
sary.
M
5. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.50V at least once during this PBIB0550E
procedure.
6. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Removal and Installation EBS00B8V

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Refer to EX-2, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" .

EC-591
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IGNITION SIGNAL PFP:22448

Component Description EBS00B8W

IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns on and off the ignition
coil primary circuit. This on-off operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.

PBIB0509E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B8X

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

0 - 0.1V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

21 BR Ignition signal No. 1

PBIB0521E
22 PU Ignition signal No. 2
23 L/R Ignition signal No. 3
0 - 0.2V
24 GY/R Ignition signal No. 4

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm.

PBIB0522E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-592
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B8Y

EC

TBWA0083E

EC-593
IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

TBWA0084E

EC-594
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B8Z

1. CHECK ENGINE START A

Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.

Is engine running? EC
Yes or No
Yes (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
Yes (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3. C
No >> GO TO 4.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION D

With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
E
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
F
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.

H
PBIB0133E

3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 24 J
and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below. K

PBIB0521E PBIB0579E
M
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 12.

EC-595
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals 109, 111 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Go to EC-454, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM"
.

PBIB0580E

5. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Check voltage between ECM terminal 12 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 6.

PBIB0136E

6. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM relay.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and ECM
relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. PBIB0493E

7. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 6 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0581E

EC-596
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
20A fuse
Harness or connectors E61, F38 EC
Harness for open and short between ECM relay and fuse

C
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

9. CHECK ECM RELAY

D
Refer to EC-459, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17. E
NG >> Replace ECM relay.

10. CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
G
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and con-
denser terminal 1, condenser terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power PBIB0509E
in harness or connectors. J

11. CHECK CONDENSER

Refer to EC-599, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
L
NG >> Replace condenser.

EC-597
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
12. CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0509E

5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 1 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> GO TO 13.

SEF107S

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ECM

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

14. CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and engine ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-598
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
15. CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 21, 22, 23, 24 and ignition coil terminal 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D

16. CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EC-599, "Component Inspection" . E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor. F

17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

G
Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END H

Component Inspection EBS00B90

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". I
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows.
J
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
3 (+) - 2 (-) Except 0 or
1 (+) - 3 (-) K
Except 0
1 (+) - 2 (-)

SEF371Q
M
CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as 1 and 2.
Resistance: Above 1 M at 25 (77F)

SEF124Y

EC-599
 IGNITION SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Removal and Installation EBS00B91

IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR

Refer to EM-27, "IGNITION COIL" .

EC-600
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:14920
A
Description EBS00B92

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air C
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Ignition switch Start signal EVAP can-
ister purge EVAP canister purge volume D
Throttle position sensor Throttle position flow con- control solenoid valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position trol

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas E

Heated oxygen sensors 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed

This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass pas- F
sage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is G
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION H
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is I
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
J

K
SEF337U

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B93

L
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
M
Shift lever: N
PURG VOL C/V
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 20 - 30%
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B94

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-601
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Idle speed (11 - 14V)

Approximately 10V
EVAP canister purge
13 P volume control sole-
noid valve [Engine is running]
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm

PBIB0520E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-602
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B95

EC

TBWA0079E

EC-603
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B96

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canister.
3. Turn ignition switch "ON", and select "PURG VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Start engine and let it idle.

PBIB0569E

5. Change the valve opening percentage with touching "Qu" or

"Qd" on CONSULT-II screen, and check for vacuum existence at
the EVAP purge hose under the following conditions.
Conditions Vacuum
At idle Should not exist.
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm. Should exist.

PBIB0676E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect the EVAP purge hose connected to the EVAP canis-
ter.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
4. Check for vacuum existence at the EVAP purge hose under the
following conditions.
Conditions Vacuum
At idle Should not exist.
Engine speed is about 2,000 rpm. Should exist.

OK or NG PBIB0676E

OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK EVAP CANISTER

Refer to EC-649, "Component Inspection" .
Question
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Replace EVAP canister.

EC-604
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE A
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-648, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG EC
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
C
4. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. E

G
PBIB0501E

H
4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. J

K
PBIB0148E

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

L
Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Fuse and fuse block (J/B) connector E103 M
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-605
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIR-
CUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

PBIB0569E

8. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-607, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-606
 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00B97

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A

With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. EC

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between A and B
C
100.0% Yes
0.0% No
D

PBIB0149E
E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions. F
Air passage continuity
Condition
between A and B
12V direct current supply between G
Yes
terminals 1 and 2
No supply No
H

PBIB0150E

Removal and Installation EBS00B98

I
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-17, "INTAKE MANIFOLD" .
J

EC-607
 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PFP:23796

Description EBS00BM1

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM function ECM Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed

PBIB0540E

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB0195E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B9A

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
Shift lever: N
INT/V SOL (B1) When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm
Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0% - 50%
quickly
No-load

EC-608
 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B9B

A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. EC

TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR C
NO.
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V) D
Idle speed
Approximately 4V - BATTERY
VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)
Intake valve timing E
107 Y/R
control solenoid valve [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly F

PBIB0532E
G
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-609
 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B9C

TBWA0080E

EC-610
 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B9D

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK A

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

2. Turn ignition switch "OFF" and wait at least 10 seconds. EC
3. Turn ignition switch "ON".
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminals 107 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground.
C
5. Start engine and let it idle.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions.
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below. D

Conditions Voltage
BATTERY VOLTAGE E
At idle
(11 - 14V)

Approximately 4V - BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V)

F

When revving engine up

to 2,000 rpm quickly PBIB0678E
G

PBIB0532E
H
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END I
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCIUT J

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
K

PBIB0511E

3. Turn ignition switch "ON".

4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0285E

EC-611
 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART
Check the harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and ECM relay.

>> Repair harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 107 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve termi-
nal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-613, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

6. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)

Refer to EC-505, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).

7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)

Refer to EC-512, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE).

8. CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

Check the following.
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

PBIB0565E

EC-612
 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection EBS00B9E

INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2.
D
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Approximately 8 at 20C (68F)
E

1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)

PBIB0574E

Removal and Installation EBS00B9F

G
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EM-43, "TIMING CHAIN" .
H

EC-613
 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PNP SWITCH PFP:32006

Component Description EBS00B9G

When the gear position is P (A/T models only) or N, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B9H

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Shift lever:
P or N (A/T model) ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON Neutral (M/T model)
Shift lever: Except above OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B9I

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Gear position is P or N.
A/T model
43 G/OR PNP switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14v)
Except the above gear position M/T model
Approximately 5V

EC-614
 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B9J

EC

TBWA0081E

EC-615
 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B9K

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "P/N POSI SW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Check the "P/N POSI SW" signal under the following conditions.
Selector lever position P/N POSI SW signal
"P" and "N" position ON
Except the above position OFF

PBIB0102E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 43 and ground under the
following conditions.
Selector lever position Voltage
"P" and "N" position Approximately 0V
A/T models: Battery voltage
Except the above position
M/T models: Approximately 5V

PBIB0679E

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-616
 PNP SWITCH
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 43 and PNP switch terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
4. CHECK PNP SWITCH
Refer to AT-388, "PNP Switch" (A/T models) or MT-13, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" (M/T mod-
els). E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace PNP switch. F

5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

G
Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END H

EC-617
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT PFP:16600

Component Description EBS00B9L

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.

SEF375Z

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B9M

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.5 - 3.5 msec
Shift lever: N
B/FUEL SCHDL
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 2.5 - 3.5 msec
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
Shift lever: N
INJ PULSE-B1
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B9N

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

101 R/B Injector No. 1

PBIB0529E
102 Y/B Injector No. 2
103 G/B Injector No. 3 BATTERY VOLTAGE
104 L/B Injector No. 4
(11 - 14V)

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0530E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-618
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B9O

EC

TBWA0082E

EC-619
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B9P

1. INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.

PBIB0133E

Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.

MEC703B

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 3.

EC-620
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
3. CHECK INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

PBIB0510E
E
4. Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.

H
PBIB0582E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.
Harness connectors M61, F41
J
Harness connectors F1, F101
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse K
Harness for open or short between injector and fuse

>> Repair harness or connectors. L

5. CHECK INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 101, 102, 103, 104.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-621
 INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors F1, F101
Harness for open or short between injector and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-622, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace injector.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00B9Q

INJECTOR
1. Disconnect injector harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure.
Resistance: 13.5 - 17.5 [at 20C (68F)]

PBIB0181E

Removal and Installation EBS00B9R

INJECTOR
Refer to EM-29, "FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE" .

EC-622
 START SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
START SIGNAL PFP:48750
A
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B9S

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION EC
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON START ON OFF ON OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B9T C

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- D
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE E
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V
41 B/Y Start signal
[Ignition switch START] 9 - 14V F

EC-623
 START SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B9U

TBWA0085E

EC-624
 START SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00B9V

1. INSPECTION START A

Do you have CONSULT-II?

Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 3.
C
2. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check START SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions. E
Condition START SIGNAL
Ignition switch "ON" OFF
F
Ignition switch "START" ON
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END G
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E

H
3. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground under the fol- I
lowing conditions.
Condition Voltage
J
Ignition switch "START" Battery voltage
Other positions Approximately 0V

OK or NG K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0583E L

4. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

M
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 5.
No >> Refer to SC-21, "STARTING SYSTEM" .

5. CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 10A fuse.
3. Check if 10A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace 10A fuse.

EC-625
 START SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 41 and fuse block (J/B), ignition switch and fuse block
(J/B). Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors
Fuse block (J/B) connectors M1, E102
Harness for open or short between ignition switch and fuse block (J/B)
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse block (J/B)

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-626
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT PFP:17042
A
Description EBS00B9W

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM EC
Sensor Input Signal to ECM Actuator
Function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed
Fuel pump
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and cylinder number Fuel pump relay C
control
Ignition switch Start signal

The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine
D
startability. If the ECM receives a 180 signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the
engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 180 signal is not received when the ignition switch
is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving
safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn E
controls the fuel pump.
Condition Fuel pump operation
Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second. F
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
G
Except as shown above Stops.

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
H
A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank.

K
PBIB0513E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00B9X

Specification data are reference values. L

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON M
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY Engine running or cranking
Except above conditions OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00B9Y

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-627
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
29 B/P Fuel pump relay
[Ignition switch ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than 1 seconds after turning ignition switch (11 - 14V)
ON.

EC-628
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00B9Z

EC

TBWA0086E

EC-629
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BA0

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel hose for 1
second after ignition switch is turned ON.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0517E

2. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel pump relay.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0507E

4. Check voltage between terminals 1, 5 and ground with CON-

SULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0657E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1, B4
Harness or connectors M17, B1
10A fuse
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-630
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK CONDENSER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between fuel pump relay terminal 3 and condenser terminal 1, condenser termi- EC
nal 2 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
E
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors B22, B128 (RHD models) F
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and condenser
Harness for open or short between condenser and body ground
G

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK CONDENSER H

Refer to EC-632, "Component Inspection" .

OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace condenser.
J
7. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
K
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness con-
nector.
3. Check harness continuity between
L
fuel pump relay terminal 3 and fuel pump terminal 5,
fuel pump terminal 3 and body ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
M
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
PBIB0506E
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors B22, B128 (RHD models)
Harness for open or short between fuel pump relay and fuel pump
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and body ground

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-631
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 29 and fuel pump relay terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.

10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors B1, M17 (LHD models)
Harness connectors B2, M18 (RHD models)
Harness connectors M61, F41
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY

Refer to EC-632, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Replace fuel pump relay.

12. CHECK FUEL PUMP

Refer to EC-632, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Replace fuel pump.

13. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS00BA1

FUEL PUMP RELAY

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5 under the following con-
ditions.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply
Yes
between terminals 1 and 2
No current supply No

PBIB0098E

EC-632
 FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
FUEL PUMP
1. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. A
2. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 3 and 5.
EC
Resistance: Approximately 1.0 [at 25C (77F)]

D
PBIB0658E

CONDENSER E
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as 1 and 2. F
Resistance: Above 1 M at 25C (77F)

SEF124Y I
Removal and Installation EBS00BA2

FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-4, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" . J

EC-633
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:92136

Component Description EBS00BA3

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the liquid tank of the

air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume
pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The
voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

PBIB0503E

SEF099X

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BA4

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
58 B Sensors' ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
Sensor's power sup-
65 R [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
ply
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure Warm-up condition
83 R/L 1.0 - 4.0V
sensor Both A/C switch and blower switch are ON.
(Compressor operates.)

EC-634
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BA5

EC

TBWA0088E

EC-635
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BA6

1. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 83 and ground with CON-
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0659E

2. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn A/C switch and blower switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0503E

5. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

SEF479Y

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E61, F38
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair harness or connectors.

EC-636
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
4. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and engine ground. Refer to
Wiring Diagram. EC

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5. D

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following. E
Harness connectors E61, F38
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
F

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 83 and refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to H
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
I
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8. J
NG >> GO TO 7.

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K

Check the following.
Harness connectors E61, F38
L
Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation EBS00BA7

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to ATC-123, "REFRIGERANT LINES" .

EC-637
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL PFP:25350

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS00BA8

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Rear window defogger switch is ON
ON
and/or lighting switch is in 2nd.
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF
OFF
and lighting switch is OFF.

Engine: After warming up, idle Heater fan is operating. ON

HEATER FAN SW
the engine Heater fan is not operating OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BA9

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and body ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch "ON"] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal Rear window defogger switch is "ON" (11 - 14V)
52 R/W (Rear window defog-
ger signal) [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Rear window defogger switch is "OFF"
[Ignition switch "ON"] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electrical load signal Lighting switch is "2ND" position (11 - 14V)
53 R/Y
(Headlamp signal) [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Lighting switch is "OFF"
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Heater fan switch sig- Heater fan control switch is "ON"
55 LG/B
nal [Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 5V
Heater fan control switch is "OFF"

EC-638
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Wiring Diagram EBS00BAA

EC

TBWA0094E

EC-639
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]

TBWA0095E

EC-640
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00BAB

1. INSPECTION START A

Do you have CONSULT-II?

Yes or No EC
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> GO TO 5.
C
2. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT-II D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions. E
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Rear window defogger switch "ON" ON
F
Rear window defogger switch "OFF" OFF
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3. G
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0103E
H
3. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-II I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions. J
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch "ON" at 2nd position ON
K
Lighting switch "OFF" OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. L
NG >> GO TO 12.
PBIB0103E

M
4. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check LOAD SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Heater fan control switch "ON" ON
Heater fan control switch "OFF" OFF

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.
PBIB0103E

EC-641
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
5. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 52 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition Voltage
Rear window defogger switch "ON" BATTERY VOLTAGE
Rear window defogger switch "OFF" 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 8.
PBIB0660E

6. CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 53 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition Voltage
Lighting switch "ON" at 2nd position BATTERY VOLTAGE
Lighting switch "OFF" 0V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 12.
PBIB0070E

7. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION

Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 55 and ground under the
following conditions.
Condition Voltage
Heater fan control switch "ON" 0V
heater fan control switch "OFF" Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 16.
PBIB0661E

8. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the rear window defogger switch.
3. Check the rear windshield. Is the rear windshield heated up?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> Refer to GW-9, "REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER" .

EC-642
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
9. CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect rear window defogger relay. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and harness connector M17 terminal 1 (RHD mod-
els), 5 (LHD models).
C
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> GO TO 10.
E
10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
F
Harness connectors M62, F42
Harness for open and short between ECM and harness connector M17
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

11. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END I

12. CHECK HEADLAMP FUNCTION

J
1. Start engine.
2. Turn the lighting switch ON at 2nd position.
3. Check that headlamps are illuminated. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Refer to LT-4, "HEADLAMP" or LT-9, "HEADLAMP - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM -" . L

EC-643
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
13. CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect lighting switch harness connectors.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 53 and lighting switch terminal 9, 10 under the following
conditions.

PBIB0662E

Condition Continuity
1 Should exist
2 Should not exist
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 14.

14. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E60, F36
Diode E123, E124
Harness for open and short between ECM and lighting switch

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

15. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

16. CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL FUNCTION

1. Start engine.
2. Turn ON the fan control switch.
3. Check the blower fan motor. Does the blower fan motor activate?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 17.
No >> Refer to ATC-30, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .

EC-644
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
17. CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT A
1. Stop engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect A/C AUTO AMP. harness connector. EC
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 55 and A/C AUTO AMP. terminal 19.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
C
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 19.
NG >> GO TO 18.
E
18. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
F
Harness connectors M62, F42
Harness for open and short between ECM and A/C AUTO AMP.
G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

19. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Perform EC-453, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END I

EC-645
 DATA LINK CONNECTOR
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
DATA LINK CONNECTOR PFP:24814

Wiring Diagram EBS00BAC

TBWA0097E

EC-646
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PFP:14950
A
Description EBS00BAD

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC

G
PBIB0491E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the I
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and J
idling.

EC-647
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

PBIB0490E

EC-648
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Component Inspection EBS00BAE

EVAP CANISTER A
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B . Orally blow air through port A .
Check that air flows freely through port C . EC
2. Block port A . Orally blow air through port B .
Check that air flows freely through port C .
C

D
PBIB0663E

FUEL CHECK VALVE E

1. Blow air through connector on fuel tank side.
A considerable resistance should be felt and a portion of air flow
should be directed toward the EVAP canister side.
F
2. Blow air through connector on EVAP canister side.
Air flow should be smoothly directed toward fuel tank side.
3. If fuel check valve is suspected of not properly functioning in
steps 1 and 2 above, replace it. G

H
SEF552Y

FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing. I

SEF989X L

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, M
0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm 2 , 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
Vacuum: 6.0 to 3.3 kPa (0.060 to 0.033 bar,
0.061 to 0.034 kg/cm2 , 0.87 to 0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.

SEF943S

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-607, "Component Inspection" .

EC-649
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION PFP:11810

Description EBS00BAF

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

PBIB0492E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
lating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air
passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold
vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection
in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.

SEF559A

Component Inspection EBS00BAG

PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.

SEC137A

EC-650
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. A
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC

S-ET277 D

EC-651
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030

Fuel Pressure EBS00BAH

Fuel pressure at idle kPa (bar, kg/cm2 , psi) Approximately 350 (3.5, 3.7, 51)

Idle Speed and Ignition Timing EBS00BAI

Target idle speed A/T: 70050 rpm

No-load*1 (in P or N position)
M/T: 65050 rpm
Air conditioner: ON In P or N position 725 rpm or more
In P or N position AT: 165 BTDC
Ignition timing
MT: 145 BTDC
*1: Under the following conditions:
Air conditioner switch: OFF
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position

Calculated Load Value EBS00BAJ

Calculated load value % (Using CONSULT-II or GST)

At idle 10 - 35
At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35

Mass Air Flow Sensor EBS00BAK

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

Output voltage at idle 1.1 - 1.5*V
1.4 - 4.0 gm/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-II or GST)
4.0 - 10.0 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no-load.

Intake Air Temperature Sensor EBS00BAL

Temperature C (F) Resistance k

25 (77) 1.9 - 2.1
80 (176) 0.31 - 0.37

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor EBS00BAM

Temperature C (F) Resistance k

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Heater EBS00BAN

Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 2.3 - 4.3

Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater EBS00BAO

Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 2.3 - 4.3

Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) EBS00BAP

Refer to EC-505, "Component Inspection" .

Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) EBS00BAQ

Refer to EC-512, "Component Inspection" .

EC-652
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[QR (WITHOUT EURO-OBD)]
Throttle Control Motor EBS00BAR

A
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 1 - 15

Injector EBS00BAS

EC
Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 13.5 - 17.5

Fuel Pump EBS00BAT

C
Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 1.0

EC-653
 INDEX FOR DTC
[YD]
INDEX FOR DTC
[YD] PFP:00024

Alphabetical Index EBS00368

X: Applicable : Not applicable

Items
DTC MI illumination Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
ACCEL POS SENSOR P0120 EC-715
ACCEL POS SW (F/C) P1510 EC-783
BATTERY VOLTAGE P1660 EC-794
CAM POS SEN/CIR P0340 EC-739
COOLANT TEMP SEN P0115 EC-711
CR PRES SEN P0190 EC-723
CRANK POS SEN (TDC) P0335 EC-734
CYL1 INJECTOR P0201 EC-727
CYL2 INJECTOR P0202 EC-727
CYL3 INJECTOR P0203 EC-727
CYL4 INJECTOR P0204 EC-727
ECM 1 P1606 EC-788
ECM 10 P1107 EC-749
ECM 15 P1621 EC-790
FUEL LEAK FNCTN P1305 EC-781
INJ DRIVE UNIT P1216 EC-754
INJ1 CORREC R P1301 EC-777
INJ2 CORREC R P1302 EC-777
INJ3 CORREC R P1303 EC-777
INJ4 CORREC R P1304 EC-777
MAS AIR FLOW SEN P0100 EC-706
NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 - P1617 BL-70
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
OVER HEAT P1217 EC-761
P9FUEL TEMP SEN P1180 EC-751
SUCTION CONT/V1 P1233 EC-772
SUCTION CONT/V2 P1234 EC-772
VEHICLE SPEED SEN P0500 EC-744

DTC No. Index EBS0036C

X: Applicable : Not applicable

Items
DTC MI illumination Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen item)
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SEN EC-706
P0115 COOLANT TEMP SEN EC-711
P0120 ACCEL POS SENSOR EC-715
P0190 CR PRES SEN EC-723
P0201 CYL1 INJECTOR EC-727
P0202 CYL2 INJECTOR EC-727

EC-654
 INDEX FOR DTC
[YD]
Items
DTC MI illumination Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen item) A
P0203 CYL3 INJECTOR EC-727
P0204 CYL4 INJECTOR EC-727
EC
P0335 CRANK POS SEN (TDC) EC-734
P0340 CAM POS SEN/CIR EC-739
P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SEN EC-744 C
P1107 ECM 10 EC-749
P1180 P9FUEL TEMP SEN EC-751
D
P1216 INJ DRIVE UNIT EC-754
P1217 OVER HEAT EC-761
P1233 SUCTION CONT/V1 EC-772 E
P1234 SUCTION CONT/V2 EC-772
P1301 INJ1 CORREC R EC-777
P1302 INJ2 CORREC R EC-777 F
P1303 INJ3 CORREC R EC-777
P1304 INJ4 CORREC R EC-777
G
P1305 FUEL LEAK FNCTN EC-781
P1510 ACCEL POS SW (F/C) EC-783
P1606 ECM 1 EC-788 H
P1610 - P1617 NATS MALFUNTION BL-70
P1621 ECM 15 EC-790
I
P1660 BATTERY VOLTAGE EC-794

EC-655
 PRECAUTIONS
[YD]
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001

Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER EBS008RR

The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual.
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow harness connector.
Precautions EBS00317

Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-

nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned off.

SEF289H

Do not disassemble ECM.

PBIB0378E

When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM
pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge)
voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in
damage to IC's.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in)
away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control sys- SEF291H
tem malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded
operation of IC's, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.

EC-656
 PRECAUTIONS
[YD]
Before replacing ECM, perform Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. A
Refer to EC-685 .
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform
DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function EC
Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Func-
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is com- C
pleted.
MEF040D
D
When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never
allow the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
E
damage the ECM power transistor.
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/
output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's
transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as F
the ground.

SEF348N
K
Do not depress accelerator pedal when staring.
Immediately after staring, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily. L
Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

EC-657
 PRECAUTIONS
[YD]
When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure
to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec-
tronic control systems depending on installation location.
Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic
control units.
Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y
Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis EBS00318

When you read Wiring diagrams, refer to the following:

GI-14, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams".
PG-2, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" for power distribution circuit
When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following:
GI-11, "HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES".
GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".

EC-658
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:23710
A
System Diagram EBS0037A

EC

PBIB0384E

EC-659
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
System Chart EBS0037B

Input (Sensor) ECM Function Output (Actuator)

Accelerator pedal position sensor EDU, Fuel injectors and Suction control
Fuel injection control
Accelerator pedal released position switch valve

Common rail fuel pressure sensor EDU, Fuel injectors and Suction control
Fuel injection timing control
valve
Fuel temperature sensor
Engine coolant temperature sensor EDU, Fuel injectors and Suction control
Fuel cut control
valve
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC)
Glow control system Glow relay & glow indictor lamp
Camshaft position sensor
On board diagnostic system Malfunction indicator (MI)
Vehicle speed sensor
Ignition switch EGR volume control EGR volume control valve

Stop Lamp switch Cooling fan control Cooling fan relay

Air conditioner switch
Mass air flow sensor
Park/neutral position switch Air conditioning cut control Air conditioner relay
Battery voltage
Power steering oil pressure switch

Fuel Injection Control System EBS0036G

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Three types of fuel injection control are provided to accommodate engine operating conditions; normal control,
idle control and start control. The ECM determines the appropriate fuel injection control. Under each control,
the amount of fuel injected is adjusted to improve engine performance.
Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and Electronic Drive Unit (EDU). EDU controls fuel injectors
according to the input signals to adjust the amount of fuel injected to the preset value.
START CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) Engine speed
Fuel injection EDU
Camshaft position sensor Piston position control (start Fuel injectors
control) Suction control valve
Ignition switch Start signal
Common rail fuel pressure sensor Common rail fuel pressure

When the ECM receives a start signal from the ignition switch, the
ECM adapts the fuel injection system for the start control. The
amount of fuel injected at engine starting is a preset program value
in the ECM. The program is determined by the engine speed, engine
coolant temperature and common rail fuel pressure.
For better startability under cool engine conditions, the lower the
coolant temperature becomes, the greater the amount of fuel
injected. The ECM ends the start control when the engine speed
reaches the specific value, and shifts the control to the normal or idle
control.
SEF648S

EC-660
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
IDLE CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart A
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
EC
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) Engine speed
Battery Battery voltage
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection EDU C
control (Idle Fuel injectors
Accelerator pedal released position switch Accelerator pedal released position control) Suction control valve
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
D
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner signal
Common rail fuel pressure sensor Common rail fuel pressure
E
When the ECM determines that the engine speed is at idle, the fuel injection system is adapted for the idle
control. The ECM regulates the amount of fuel injected corresponding to changes in load applied to the engine
to keep engine speed constant. The ECM also provides the system with a fast idle control in response to the
engine coolant temperature signal. F
NORMAL CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
G
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) Engine speed
Fuel injection EDU
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator position control (Nor- Fuel injectors H
mal control) Suction control valve
Common rail fuel pressure sensor Common rail fuel pressure

The amount of fuel injected under normal driving conditions is deter- I

mined according to sensor signals. The crankshaft position sensor
(TDC) detects engine speed, the accelerator pedal position sensor
detects accelerator pedal position and common rail fuel pressure
sensor detects common rail fuel pressure. These sensors send sig- J
nals to the ECM.
The fuel injection data, predetermined by correlation between vari-
ous engine speeds, accelerator pedal positions and common rail fuel K
pressure are stored in the ECM memory, forming a map. The ECM
determines the optimal amount of fuel to be injected using the sen-
sor signals in comparison with the map. SEF649S L
MAXIMUM AMOUNT CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
M
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Fuel injection
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature control (Maxi- EDU
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) Engine speed mum amount Fuel Injectors
control)
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator position

The maximum injection amount is controlled to an optimum by the engine speed, intake air amount, engine
coolant temperature, and accelerator opening in accordance with the driving conditions.
This prevents the oversupply of the injection amount caused by decreased air density at a high altitude or dur-
ing a system failure.

EC-661
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
DECELERATION CONTROL
Input/Output Signal Chart
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Accelerator pedal released position switch Accelerator pedal position Fuel injection
EDU
control (Decel-
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) Engine speed Fuel injectors
eration control)

The ECM sends a fuel cut signal to the fuel injector and suction control valve during deceleration for better fuel
efficiency. The ECM determines the time of deceleration according to signals from the accelerator pedal
released position switch and crankshaft position sensor (TDC).
Fuel Injection Timing Control System EBS0036H

DESCRIPTION
The target fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine speed and the fuel injection amount are recorded
as a map in the ECM beforehand. The ECM determines the optimum injection timing using sensor signals
accordance with the map.
Air Conditioning Cut Control EBS0036I

INPUT / OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal opening angle Air conditioner
Air conditioner relay
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed cut control

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves acceleration when the air conditioner is used.
When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed, the air conditioner is turned off for a few seconds.
When engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high, the air conditioner is turned off. This continues
until the engine coolant temperature returns to normal.
Fuel Cut Control (At No Load & High Engine Speed) EBS0036J

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
EDU
Accelerator pedal released position switch Accelerator position Fuel cut control
Fuel injectors
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) Engine speed

If the engine speed is above 2,800 rpm with no load (for example, in neutral and engine speed over 2,800
rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut is cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-660, "Fuel Injection Control Sys-
tem" .

EC-662
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
Crankcase Ventilation System EBS0036K

DESCRIPTION A
In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.

EC

G
PBIB0590E

INSPECTION H
Ventilation Hose
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose I
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.

SEC692
L

EC-663
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[YD]
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE PFP:00018

Fuel Filter EBS0036N

DESCRIPTION
A water draining cock is on the lower side and a priming pump for bleeding air is on the upper side.
AIR BLEEDING
Pump the priming pump to bleed air.
When air is bled completely, the pumping of the priming pump
suddenly becomes heavy. Stop the operation at that time.
If it is difficult to bleed air by the pumping of the priming pump
(the pumping of the priming pump does not become heavy), dis-
connect the fuel supply hose between the fuel filter and the fuel
gallery. Then, perform the operation described above, and make
sure that fuel comes out. (Use a pan, etc. so as not to spill fuel.
Do not let fuel get on engine and other parts.) After that, connect
the hose, then bleed air again.
SEF375Y
Start engine and let it idle for at least one minute after perform-
ing air bleeding.
WATER DRAINING
1. Remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, protector assembly from the dash panel as follows.
a. Remove the air cleaner case (upper), air duct assembly, and vacuum hose for brake booster (between the
vacuum pump and vacuum pipe).
CAUTION:
After the duct is removed, cover the opening with gum tape, etc. to prevent foreign object from
getting into the engine during the operation.
b. Remove the mounting nuts on the dash panel, then remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, and protector
assembly from the dash panel.
It is not necessary to disconnect the fuel hose.

2. Using a tool such as a pliers, loosen the water draining cock at the bottom of the fuel filter.

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning EBS009NW

DESCRIPTION
"Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" is an operating to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed
when accelerator work unit or ECM is replaced.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "OFF ACCEL PO SIG" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with
CONSULT-II
3. Make sure that accelerator pedal is released.

PBIB0411E

EC-664
 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
[YD]
4. Touch "CLEAR" and wait a few seconds.
A

EC

PBIB0412E
D
5. Make sure that "CMPLT" is displayed on CONSULT-II screen.

G
PBIB0413E

Fuel Pressure Relief Valve EBS009PB

DESCRIPTION H
When the fuel pressure in common rail increases to excessively high, fuel pressure relief valve opens to carry
excess fuel to the return hose.
I
FUEL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE CHECK
WARNING:
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
J
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Remove fuel hose from fuel pressure relief valve.
3. Attach a blind cap or plug to removed hose. K
4. Turn ignition switch "ON".

PBIB0467E

5. Select "PRES REGULATOR" in "ACTIVE TEST MODE" with

CONSULT-II.
6. Start engine and keep engine speed 2,000 rpm.
7. Raise fuel pressure to 135 MPa with touching "UP" or "Qu" on
the CONSULT-II screen.
8. Confirm that the fuel does not come out from the fuel pressure
relief valve.
WARNING:
If the fuel comes out, stop the engine immediately.
9. If NG, replace common rail. PBIB0587E

EC-665
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM PFP:00028

DTC and MI Detection Logic EBS0037C

When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) is stored in the ECM memory.
The MI will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MI to light up,
refer to EC-654, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) EBS0037D

HOW TO READ DTC

The DTC can be read by CONSULT-II only.
With CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II displays the DTC in "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode. Example: P0115, P0335, P1233, etc. These
DTCs are prescribed by ISO15031-6.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
HOW TO ERASE DTC
How to Erase DTC ( With CONSULT-II)
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Touch ENGINE.
3. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
4. Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)

PBIB0476E

The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELF-
DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) EBS008YE

If the security indicator lights up with the ignition switch in

the "ON" position or "NATS MALFUNCTION" is displayed
on "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" screen, perform self-diagnostic
results mode with CONSULT-II using NATS program card.
Refer to NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) in BL section.
Confirm no self-diagnostic results of NATS is displayed
before touching "ERASE" in "SELF-DAIG RESULTS" mode
with CONSULT-II.
When replacing ECM, initialization of NATS system and reg-
istration of all NATS ignition key IDs must be carried out
with CONSULT-II using NATS program card. SEF543X

EC-666
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD]
Therefore, be sure to receive all keys from vehicle owner. Regarding the procedure of NATS initial-
ization and NATS ignition key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-II operation manual, NATS. A
Malfunction Indicator (MI) EBS0036Q

DESCRIPTION
EC
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
C
If the MI does not light up, refer to DI-39, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-825 .
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off.
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has D
detected an engine system malfunction.

E
SAT652J

On Board Diagnostic System Function

The on board diagnostic system has the following two functions. F
Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function
Mode Status
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open G
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit. (See EC-825,
"MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS" .)
H
Engine stopped

Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When ECM detects a mal-
WARNING function, the MI will light up to inform the driver that a mal- J
function has been detected.

K
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Bulb Check
In this mode, the MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-39,
"WARNING LAMPS" or see EC-825 .
L
Diagnostic Test Mode I - Malfunction Warning
MI Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected or the ECM's CPU is malfunctioning.
M
OFF No malfunction.

EC-667
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
[YD]
Relationship Between MI, DTC, CONSULT-II and Driving Patterns

PBIB0589E

*1: When a malfunction is detected, MI *2: MI will not light up after ignition switch *3: When a malfunction is detected for
will light up. is turned OFF. the first time, the DTC will be stored in
ECM.
*4: The DTC will not be displayed any *5: Other screens except SELF-DIAG-
longer after vehicle is driven 40 times NOSTIC RESULTS & DATA MONI-
without the same malfunction. (The TOR (AUTO TRIG) cannot display the
DTC still remain in ECM.) malfunction. DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) can display the malfunction at
the moment it is detected.

EC-668
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS PFP:00004
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction EBS0036Z

INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec- EC
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no problems such C
as vacuum leaks, or other problems with the engine.

MEF036D
E

It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are F
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
G

SEF233G

I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the EC-670, "WORK FLOW" . J
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such problems, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under K
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the exam-
ple on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional problems first. This L
will help troubleshoot driveability problems on an electronically con- SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
M

EC-669
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
WORK FLOW

PBIB0477E

*1 If time data of SELF-DIAG *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system
RESULTS is other than 0, perform form EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNO- cannot be performed, check main
EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS SIS FOR INTERMITTENT power supply and ground circuit.
FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . INCIDENT" . Refer to EC-700, "POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT FOR ECM" .
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be
detected, perform EC-699, "TROU-
BLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMIT-
TENT INCIDENT" .

EC-670
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Description for Work Flow
STEP DESCRIPTION
A

Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
STEP I
EC-671, "DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET" .
EC
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II) the DTC, then erase the DTC.
Refer to EC-666 .
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The C
Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. Refer to EC-676 .) Also check related service bulletins for information.
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET is useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA
D
STEP III MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC by E
using CONSULT-II.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode
and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV F
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC
cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection.
G
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-672 . Then perform inspections according to the
Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-676 . H
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO I
TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-685 or EC-696 .
STEP VI J
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-24, "How to Per-
form Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , Circuit Inspection.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCI-
K
DENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint. L
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to
EC-666 .) M

DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET

There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a problem. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.

SEF907L

EC-671
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Worksheet Sample

MTBL0533

Basic Inspection EBS0037E

Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
Headlamp switch is OFF.
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light
only small lamps.
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.

EC-672
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

1. INSPECTION START A

1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related problem.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to EC
MA-7, "PERIODIC MAINTENANCE" .
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections C
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
D
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture.

E
>> GO TO 2.

SEF142I
G
2. PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-II H
Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector.

>> GO TO 3. I

3. CHECK IDLE SPEED

J
With CONSULT-II
1. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Read idle speed. K
72525 rpm
OK or NG L
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4.
M

SEF817Y

4. CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-673
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
5. BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM
1. Stop engine.
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to EC-664, "AIR BLEEDING" .

>> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed.
72525 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 7.

SEF817Y

7. DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER

Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to EC-664, "WATER DRAINING" .

>> GO TO 8.

8. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Read idle speed.
72525 rpm
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 9.

SEF817Y

9. CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER

Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.

EC-674
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
10. CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE A
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V
EC
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
C
11. CHECK BATTERY
Refer to SC-3, "BATTERY" . D
OK or NG
OK >> Check charging system. Refer to SC-12 .
NG >> Repair or replace. E

12. CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE

Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-173, "CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE" . F
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
G
NG >> Follow the instruction of CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE.

13. CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN

H
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select CKPSRPM (TDC) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. I
3. Read idle speed.
72525 rpm J
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector. K
2. GO TO 3.

L
SEF817Y

EC-675
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Symptom Matrix Chart EBS0037F

SYMPTOM

Reference page
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

ENGINE STALL

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

KNOCK/DETONATION

LACK OF POWER

POOR ACCELERATION

HI IDLE

LOW IDLE
SYSTEM Basic engine control system
NO START (with first firing)

NO START (without first firing)

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

AT IDLE

DURING DRIVING

WHEN DECELERATING

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF

Fuel supply pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 EC-727
EDU (Electronic drive unit) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 4 4 EC-754
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1 EC-796
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 EM-102
EGR system 3 3 EC-803
Air cleaner and duct 3 3 MA-31
Fuel pressure relief valve EC-665
Suction control valve circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-772
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-727
EDU circuit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-754
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-706
ENGINE CONTROL

Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-711

Vehicle speed sensor circuit 1 EC-744
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-715
Accelerator pedal released position
1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-783
switch circuit
Common rail fuel pressure sensor
EC-723
circuit
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-734
circuit

EC-676
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
SYMPTOM

Reference page
A

HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

ENGINE STALL

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

KNOCK/DETONATION

LACK OF POWER

POOR ACCELERATION

HI IDLE

LOW IDLE
EC

SYSTEM Basic engine control system E

NO START (with first firing)

NO START (without first firing)

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD

HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT

AT IDLE

DURING DRIVING

WHEN DECELERATING
F

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF

J
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 3 EC-739
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-818
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-700 K
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-700
ENGINE CONTROL

Cooling fan relay circuit EC-761

EGR volume control valve circuit 1 1 1 EC-803 L
Glow relay circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-796
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 1 1 1 EC-790
M
EC-749,
ECM, connector circuit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-788
Air conditioner relay circuit 1 1 EC-824
Air conditioner switch circuit EC-824
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 EC-666
1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)

EC-677
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
SYMPTOM

Reference page
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

IDLING VIBRATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR

DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)

Malfunction indicator illuminates.

Can be detected by CONSULT-II?

SYSTEM Basic engine control system

BLACK SMOKE

WHITE SMOKE
Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA
Fuel supply pump 5 5 5 5 1 1
Fuel injector 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 1 EC-727
EDU (Electronic drive unit) 4 4 4 5 5 5 1 1 EC-754
Glow system 1 EC-796
Engine body 3 3 3 3 1 3 EM-102
EGR system 3 EC-803
Air cleaner and duct 3 MA-31
Fuel pressure relief valve EC-665
Suction control valve circuit 4 4 4 4 1 1 EC-772
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-727
EDU circuit 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 EC-754
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-706
ENGINE CONTROL

Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1 EC-711

Vehicle speed sensor circuit 1 1 EC-744
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 1 1 EC-715
Accelerator pedal released position switch
1 1 EC-783
circuit
Common rail fuel pressure sensor
1 1 EC-723
circuit
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC)
1 1 1 1 EC-734
circuit

EC-678
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
SYMPTOM

Reference page
A

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING

IDLING VIBRATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR

DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)

Malfunction indicator illuminates.

Can be detected by CONSULT-II?

EC

SYSTEM Basic engine control system

BLACK SMOKE

WHITE SMOKE
E

Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA

Camshaft position sensor circuit EC-739
G

Start signal circuit EC-818

Ignition switch circuit EC-700 H
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 EC-700
ENGINE CONTROL

Cooling fan relay circuit 2 EC-761

EGR volume control valve circuit 1 EC-803 I
Glow relay circuit 1 EC-796
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 EC-790
J
EC-
ECM, connector circuit 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 749,EC-
788
K
Air conditioner relay circuit EC-824
Air conditioner switch circuit EC-824
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 EC-666 L
1 - 5: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
M

EC-679
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Engine Control Component Parts Location EBS00372

PBIB0383E

EC-680
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

EC

PBIB0474E

EC-681
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

PBIB0475E

EC-682
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
Circuit Diagram EBS0037G

EC

TBWA0099E

EC-683
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]

TBWA0100E

EC-684
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout EBS00374

EC

PBIB0473E D

ECM Terminals And Reference Value EBS00375

PREPARATION E
1. ECM is located behind the glove box. For this inspection,
remove glove box.

H
PBIB0377E

2. Perform all voltage measurements with the connector con-

nected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily. I
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.

Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.

J
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.

MEC486B
L
ECM INSPECTION TABLE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: M
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-685
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.

0 - 4V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

A1 L/W EDU drive No. 2

PBIB0387E
A2 Y/PU EDU drive No. 4
A3 PU EDU drive No. 3
0 - 4V
A4 Y EDU drive No. 1

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0388E

A5 B [Engine is running]
A6 B ECM ground Approximately 0V
A7 B Idle speed

A8 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch "ON"]
A9 R (11 - 14V)

0.5 - 2.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0389E
A10 R Mass air flow sensor
1.5 - 3.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0390E

[Engine is running] Approximately 0 - 4.8V

Engine coolant tempera-
A11 L/OR Output voltage varies with engine
ture sensor Warm-up condition coolant temperature

[Engine is running] Approximately 0 - 4.8V

A12 PU Fuel temperature sensor Output voltage varies with fuel
Warm-up condition temperature
Accelerator pedal
A21 B released position switch [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V
ground
Accelerator pedal position
A22 LG [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V
sensor 1 ground
[Engine is running]
A23 B Sensor's ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed

EC-686
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
A24 B Warm-up condition Approximately 0V EC
ground
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
A25 G/W Injector's ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V C
Idle speed
Accelerator pedal position
A26 LG/R [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V D
sensor 2 ground
A27 W Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 5V
Accelerator pedal position
A28 PU/R [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 5V E
sensor 1 power supply

1 - 5V
F
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed G

PBIB0391E
A29 W/PU EDU injector check signal
1 - 5V H

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition I
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0392E J
BATTERY VOLTAGE
A31 W/L Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
0.1 - 14V K
B3 W [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
B4 OR/B
EGR volume control valve Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
B5 W/L
Idle speed trol position of EGR volume L
B6 GY
control valve.)
Fuel injector adjustment
B9 G/B
resistor No.2
M
Fuel injector adjustment 0.2 - 4.8V
B10 Y/B
resistor No.4 (There are individual differences
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Fuel injector adjustment between fuel injector adjustment
B11 R/B resistors.)
resistor No.3
Fuel injector adjustment
B12 W/B
resistor No.1
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.6 - 1.8V
B13 Y/R Common rail fuel pressure Idle speed
B14 Y/R sensor [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.8 - 2.0V
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

EC-687
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.8 - 1.3V
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal fully released
B15 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.5V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.3 - 1.8V
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal fully released
B16 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.0V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Engine is running]
Camshaft position sensor
B18 R/G Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
Idle speed

0 - 3V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0393E
B19 R/Y Camshaft position sensor
0 - 8V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0394E

[Engine is running]
Crankshaft position sen-
B20 L/R Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor (TDC) ground
Idle speed

0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0395E
Crankshaft position sen-
B21 L/G
sor (TDC)
0 - 30.0V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0396E

Accelerator pedal position

B23 GY/L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 2 power supply

EC-688
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.

0 - 12.5V
EC
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed C

PBIB0397E
D1 L/OR Tachometer D
0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
E
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
PBIB0398E

[Ignition switch ON]

Approximately 1.0V
Glow lamp is "ON" G
D2 OR Glow lamp
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Glow lamp is "OFF" (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 1.0V H

D9 OR/L Malfunction indicator [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Idle speed (11 - 14V)
I
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Air conditioner switch is "OFF" (11 - 14V)
D11 L Air conditioner relay [Engine is running] J
Both air conditioner switch and blower fan Approximately 0.1V
switch are "ON" (Compressor is operating)
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE K
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
D14 G/Y
released position switch [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Accelerator pedal fully released L
D18 W/R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON]
D19 W/R (11 - 14V)
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE M
Air conditioner switch is "OFF" (11 - 14V)
D23 PU/W Air conditioner switch [Engine is running]
Both air conditioner switch and blower fan Approximately 0.1V
switch are "ON" (compressor is operating)
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
For a few seconds after turning ignition
D24 G switch "OFF"
ECM relay (self-shutoff)
D26 G
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
A few seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch "OFF"

EC-689
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal fully released
D25 R/G Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch "ON"] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal depressed (11 - 14V)

[Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V

D27 B/Y Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch "START"]
(11 - 14V)

0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0399E
Suction control valve
E1 L
power supply
0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0400E

[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE

Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
E2 LG Cooling fan relay (Low)
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
Cooling fan is operating
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan is not operating
(11 - 14V)
E7 LG/B Cooling fan relay (High) Cooling fan is operating at low speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
Cooling fan is operating at high speed

0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0401E
E8 Y/G Suction control valve 1
0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0402E

E9 W/R Glow relay Refer to EC-796, "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-690
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pres- Steering wheel is being turned EC
E12 P/B
sure switch [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Steering wheel is not being turned (11 - 14V)
C
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Park/Neutral position Gear position is "Neutral"
E13 G/OR
switch [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)

0 - 12.5V
E
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed F

PBIB0401E
E16 G/W Suction control valve 2
0 - 12.5V
G

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition H
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0402E I

0 - 5V

[Engine is running] J
Lift up the vehicle
E21 L/B Vehicle speed sensor
In 2nd gear position
Vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 MPH) K

PBIB0386E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) L

CONSULT-II Function EBS0037H

CONSULT-II INSPECTION PROCEDURE

M
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located
under the driver side dash panel.

PBIB0376E

EC-691
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Touch START.
5. Touch ENGINE.

SEF995X

6. Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service

procedure.
For further information, see the CONSULT-II Operation Manual.

PBIB0410E

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
Item SELF-DIAG DATA MONI- ACTIVE
RESULTS TOR TEST
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC)
Camshaft position sensor
Engine coolant temperature sensor
Vehicle speed sensor
Fuel temperature sensor
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Accelerator pedal position sensor 2

Accelerator pedal released position switch
INPUT
Common rail fuel pressure sensor
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Mass air flow sensor
Battery voltage
Power steering oil pressure switch
Stop lamp switch
Absolute pressure sensor
Fuel injector adjustment resistor
Suction control valve
Fuel injector
OUTPUT Glow relay
Cooling fan relay
EGR volume control valve
X: Applicable

EC-692
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Regarding items detected in SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode, refer to EC-654, "INDEX FOR DTC" . A

DATA MONITOR MODE

ECM EC
Main
MONITOR ITEM input CONDITION SPECIFICATION
signals
signal
The engine speed computed from
C
CKPSRPM (TDC) [rpm] the crankshaft position sensor (TDC)
signal is displayed.
When the engine coolant temperature
The engine coolant temperature D
circuit is open or short, ECM enters fail-
COOLAN TEMP/S (determined by the signal voltage of
safe mode. The engine coolant temper-
[C] or [F] the engine coolant temperature sen-
ature determined by the ECM is dis-
sor) is displayed.
played.
E
The vehicle speed computed form
VHCL SPEED SE
the vehicle speed sensor signal is
[km/h] or [mph]
displayed.
F
The fuel temperature (determined by
FUEL TEMP SEN [C] or [F] the signal voltage of the fuel temper-
ature sensor) is displayed.
G
The accelerator pedal position sen-
ACCEL POS SEN [V]
sor 1 signal voltage is displayed.
The accelerator pedal position sen-
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] H
sor 2 signal voltage is displayed.
indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
OFF ACCEL SW [ON/OFF] the accelerator pedal released posi-
tion switch signal. I
The common rail fuel pressure
(determined by the signal voltage of
ACT CR PRESS [MPa]
the common rail fuel pressure sen- J
sor) is displayed.
The power supply voltage of ECM is
BATTERY VOLT [V]
displayed. K
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF] the park/neutral position switch sig-
nal.
L
indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
START SIGNAL [ON/OFF]
the starter signal.
indicates [ON/OFF] condition from M
PW/ST SIGNAL [ON/OFF] the power steering oil pressure
switch signal.
indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
BRAKE SW [ON/OFF]
the stop lamp switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
IGN SW [ON/OFF]
ignition switch signal.
The signal voltage of the mass air
MAS AIR/FL SE [V]
flow sensor is displayed.
Indicates [CA] of suction control
SUCTION CV [CA]
valve operating angle.
Indicates the actual fuel injection
MAIN INJ WID [msec] pulse width compensated by ECM
according to the input signals.
The glow relay control condition
GLOW RLY [ON/OFF] (determined by ECM according to
the input signal) is displayed.

EC-693
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
ECM
Main
MONITOR ITEM input CONDITION SPECIFICATION
signals
signal
Indicates the control condition of the
cooling fans (determined by ECM
COOLING FAN according to the input signal).

[LOW/HI/OFF] LOW ... Operates at low speed.
HI ... Operates at high speed.
OFF ... Stopped
Indicates the EGR volume control
value computed by the ECM accord-
EGR VOL CON/V [step] ing to the input signals.
The opening becomes larger as the
value increases.
The intake air volume computed from
INT/A VOLUME [mg/] the mass air flow sensor signal is dis-
played.
The barometric pressure (deter-
mined by the signal voltage from the
BARO SEN [kPa]
absolute pressure sensor built into
the ECM) is displayed.
The cylinder being injected is dis-
played.
0 ... Cylinder No.1 is injected.
CYL COUNT [0/1/2/3]
1 ... Cylinder No.3 is injected.
2 ... Cylinder No.4 is injected.
3 ... Cylinder No.2 is injected.
Voltage [V]
Frequency [msec], [Hz] or Only "#" is displayed if item is unable to
[%] be measured.
DUTY-HI Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse Figures with "#"s are temporary ones.
width measured by the probe. They are the same figures as an actual
DUTY-LOW piece of data which was just previously
PLS WIDTH-HI measured. [Hz] or [%]

PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
Harness and connectors
POWER BAL- A/C switch OFF
Engine runs rough or dies. Compression
ANCE Shift lever N
Fuel injectors
Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-II
Ignition switch: ON Harness and connector
Operate the cooling fan at LOW, Cooling fan moves at LOW, HI
COOLING FAN Cooling fan motor
HI speed and turn OFF using speed and stops.
CONSULT-II. Cooling fan relay

OFF ACCEL PO
This mode is used for ECM to learn accelerator pedal released positions.
SIG

EC-694
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Glow relay makes the operating Harness and connector
GLOW RELAY Turn the glow relay ON and sound. Glow relay
OFF using CONSULT-II and lis- EC
ten to operating sound.
Ignition switch: ON
EGR VOL CONT/ Change EGR volume control EGR volume control valve makes Harness and connector C
V valve opening step using CON- an operating sound. EGR volume control valve
SULT-II.
Ignition switch: ON D
PRES REGULA- Fuel line
Change fuel pressure in common Fuel leaks.
TOR Fuel pressure relief valve
rail using CONSULT-II
E
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR
mode.
F
1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger):
The malfunction will be identified on the CONSULT-II screen in
real time.
In other words, DTC will be displayed if the malfunction is G
detected by ECM.
At the moment a malfunction is detected by ECM, MONITOR
in DATA MONITOR screen is changed to Recording Data ... H
xx% as shown in the figure, and the data after the malfunction
detection is recorded. Then when the percentage reached
100%, REAL-TIME DIAG screen is displayed. If STOP is
touched on the screen during Recording Data ... xx%, REAL- I
PBIB0480E
TIME DIAG screen is also displayed.
The recording time after the malfunction detection and the recording speed can be changed by TRIG-
GER POINT and Recording Speed. Refer to CONSULT-II OPERATION MANUAL. J
2. MANU TRIG (Manual trigger):
DTC will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen
even though a malfunction is detected by ECM. K
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a
malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows: L
1. AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC by performing the DTC Confir-
mation Procedure, be sure to select to DATA MONITOR M
(AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the SEF707X
moment it is detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC will be dis-
played. Refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , INCIDENT SIMU-
LATION TESTS.
2. MANU TRIG

EC-695
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.

SEF720X

FUNCTION TEST
This mode is used to inform customers of their vehicle condition of periodic maintenance.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0037I

Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
CKPS-RPM (TDC) Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT- CONSULT-II value
II value
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F)
Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE
CONSULT-II value CONSUT-II value
FUEL TEMP SEN Engine: After warming up More than 40C (104F)

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully released 0.8 - 1.3V

ACCEL POS SEN
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: fully depressed More than 3.5V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully released 0.3 - 1.8V

ACCEL SEN 2
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: fully depressed More than 3.0V
Accelerator pedal: fully released ON
Ignition switch: ON
OFF ACCEL SW Accelerator pedal: slightly
(Engine stopped) OFF
depressed

EC-696
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
A
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 2.5V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS AIR/FL SE
Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 2.1 - 2.7V
EC
No-load
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
Shift lever: Neutral position ON C
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON
Except above OFF
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON START ON OFF ON OFF
D
Steering wheel is in neutral posi-
Engine: After warming up, idle OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL tion. (Forward direction)
the engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON
E
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
IGN SW Ignition switch: ON OFF ON OFF F
Engine: After warming up Idle 30 - 40 MPa
Air conditioner switch: OFF
ACT CR PRESS
Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 40 - 50 MPa G
No-load
Engine: After warming up Idle 70.0 - 71.5CA
H
Air conditioner switch: OFF
SUCTION CV
Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 73.5 - 75.0CA
No-load
I
Engine: After warming up No-load 0.68 - 0.78 msec
MAIN INJ WID Shift lever: Neutral position Air conditioner switch: ON
0.78 - 0.88 msec
Idle speed Rear window defogger switch: ON J
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-796, "GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM" .
When cooling fan is stopped. OFF
K
COOLING FAN When cooling fans operate at low speed. LOW
When cooling fans operate at high speed. HIGH
Engine: After warming up After one minute at idle More than 10 steps L
Air conditioner switch: OFF
EGR VOL CON/V Revving engine from idle to 3,600
Shift lever: Neutral position 0 step
rpm
No-load M
INT/A VOLUME Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/st
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2 , 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95
kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2 ,
BARO SEN Ignition switch: ON 12.90 psi)
Approx. 1,500 m: Approx. 83.16
kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2 ,
12.06 psi)
Approx. 2,000 m: Approx. 78.36
kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2 ,
11.36 psi)
CYL COUNT Engine is running 01 23

EC-697
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[YD]
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor Mode EBS0037J

The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
ACCEL POS SEN, CKPSRPM (TDC), MAS AIR/FL SE
Below is the data for ACCEL POS SEN, CKPSRPM (TDC) and MAS AIR/FL SE when revving engine
quickly up to 3,000 rpm under no load after warming up engine to the normal operating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.

SEF321Y

EC-698
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
[YD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT PFP:00006
A
Description EBS00321

Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the problem resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor
electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear.
Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific
problem area. C

COMMON I/I REPORT SITUATIONS

STEP in Work Flow Situation D
II The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
E
IV DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the problem area.

Diagnostic Procedure EBS00322 F

1. INSPECTION START G
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-666, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .

H
>> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK GROUND TERMINALS

I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , "CIRCUIT INSPECTION",
"Ground Inspection". J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace. K
3. SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
Perform GI-24, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" , "INCIDENT SIMULATION L
TESTS".
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END M
NG >> Repair or replace.

EC-699
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[YD]
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM PFP:24110

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00369

Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
A5 B [Engine is running]
A6 B ECM ground Approximately 0V
A7 B Idle speed

A8 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch "ON"]
A9 R (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
A31 W/L Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
(11 - 14V)
D18 W/R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON]
D19 W/R (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
For a few seconds after turning ignition
D24 G switch "OFF"
ECM relay (self-shutoff)
D26 G
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
A few seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch "OFF"

EC-700
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS0036A

EC

TBWA0101E

EC-701
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0036B

1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 6.
No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminals D18, D19 and ground
with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0356E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M63, F30
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals A5, A6, A7 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-702
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[YD]
5. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals A8, A9 and ground with EC
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage:
C
After turning ignition switch "OFF", battery
voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop to approximately 0V. D
OK or NG
OK >> Check EDU power supply circuit. Refer to EC-758,
"Diagnostic Procedure" . PBIB0357E
E
NG >> GO TO 6.

6. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III F

1. Disconnect ECM relay.

I
PBIB0377E

2. Check voltage between relay terminals 1, 6 and ground with J

CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 7.
L

PBIB0359E M

7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E65, F6
20A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-703
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[YD]
8. CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals D24, D26 and ECM relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV

1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals A8, A9 and ECM relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK ECM RELAY

Refer to EC-705, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG >> Replace ECM relay.

11. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal A31 and ground.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> GO TO 12.

PBIB0478E

12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E65, F6
20A fuse
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-704
 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR ECM
[YD]
13. CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals A5, A6, A7 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 14.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
14. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
E
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection EBS003PG
F
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7. G
Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
minals 1 and 2
Yes H

OFF No

3. If NG, replace ECM relay. I

PBIB0077E

EC-705
 DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
[YD]
DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS) PFP:22680

Component Description EBS004Q0

The mass air flow sensor (MAFS) is placed in the stream of intake
air. It measures the intake air flow rate by measuring a part of the
entire intake air flow. It consists of a hot film that is supplied with
electric current from the ECM. The temperature of the hot film is con-
trolled by the ECM a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot
film is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the ECM must supply more electric current to maintain
the temperature of the hot film as air flow increases. The ECM
detects the air flow by means of this current change.
SEF987W

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS004Q1

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up Idle 1.0 - 2.5V
Air conditioner switch: OFF
MAS AIR/FL SE
Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 2.1 - 2.7V
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS00BR6

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
A8 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch "ON"]
A9 R (11 - 14V)

0.5 - 2.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0389E
A10 R Mass air flow sensor
1.5 - 3.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0390E

[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
A24 B Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
Idle speed
A27 W Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 5V

EC-706
 DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF] EC
Approximately 0V
For a few seconds after turning ignition
D24 G switch "OFF"
ECM relay (self-shutoff)
D26 G
[Ignition switch OFF] C
BATTERY VOLTAGE
A few seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch "OFF"

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) D

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004Q3

DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause) E

P0100 An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor Harness or connectors
is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Mass air flow sensor F

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS004Q4

WITH CONSULT-II
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON, and wait at least 6 seconds.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 3 seconds. H
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-709, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

J
SEF817Y

EC-707
 DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS004Q5

TBWA0102E

EC-708
 DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS004Q6

1. CHECK MAFS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. C

SEF884Y

4. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminals 2, 4 and F

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Terminal Voltage
G
2 Approximately 5V
4 Battery voltage
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0360E
I

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

J
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM relay K

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
3. CHECK MAFS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
M
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal
3 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.
PBIB0385E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-709
 DTC P0100 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (MAFS)
[YD]
5. CHECK MAFS INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal A10. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EC-710, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor.

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS004Q7

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal A10 (Mass air flow sensor
signal) and ground.
Condition Voltage V
Ignition switch "ON" (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal
1.0 - 2.5
operating temperature.)
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to nor-
2.1 - 2.7
mal operating temperature.)

4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect MAFS harness PBIB0361E

connector and connect it again.
Then repeat above check.
Removal and Installation EBS008YD

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

Refer to EM-112, "AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT" .

EC-710
 DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT)
[YD]
DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT)
PFP:22630 A
Description EBS004Q8

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine EC

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther- C
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K
E

<Reference data>
Engine coolant tempera- F
Voltage* (V) Resistance (k)
ture C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
G

50 (122) 2.3 0.68 - 1.00

90 (194) 1.0 0.236 - 0.260 H
*: These data are reference values and measured between ECM terminal A11
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P

CAUTION: I
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004Q9

DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)

P0115 An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor Harness or connectors K
is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant temperature sensor
L
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS004QA

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-713, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-711
 DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT)
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS004QB

TBWA0103E

EC-712
 DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT)
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS004QC

1. CHECK ECTS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor.
C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0374E

4. Check voltage between ECTS terminal 1 and ground with CON- F

SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H

PBIB0080E
I

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

J
Check harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K

3. CHECK ECTS GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Check harness continuity between ECTS terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. M
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-713
 DTC P0115 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR (CIRCUIT)
[YD]
5. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-714, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS004QD

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.

PBIB0081E

<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature C (F) Resistance k
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are measured between ECM terminal A11 (Engine coolant tem-
perature sensor) and body ground.
2. If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P

Removal and Installation EBS008YF

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EM-173, "CYLINDER HEAD" .

EC-714
 DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR PFP:18002
A
Description EBS004R5

The accelerator work unit is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The accelerator
pedal position sensor 1, 2 and accelerator pedal released position switch are built into the accelerator work EC
unit. The sensors detect the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the sig-
nal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
The accelerator pedal released position switch detects accelerator pedal released position and sends the sig-
nal to the ECM. The ECM will then determine engine idle conditions. The signal is also used for diagnosing the C
accelerator pedal position sensor.

I
PBIB0463E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS004R6

J
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully released 0.8 - 1.3V K

ACCEL POS SEN
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: fully depressed More than 3.5V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully released 0.3 - 1.8V

ACCEL SEN 2 L
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: fully depressed More than 3.0V
Accelerator pedal: fully released ON
Ignition switch: ON
OFF ACCEL SW Accelerator pedal: slightly M
(Engine stopped) OFF
depressed

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS004R7

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Accelerator pedal
A21 B released position switch [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V
ground
Accelerator pedal position
A22 LG [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V
sensor 1 ground

EC-715
 DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Accelerator pedal position
A26 LG/R [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V
sensor 2 ground
Accelerator pedal position
A28 PU/R [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 5V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.8 - 1.3V
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal fully released
B15 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.5V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.3 - 1.8V
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal fully released
B16 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.0V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
B23 GY/L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 2 power supply
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
D14 G/Y
released position switch [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Accelerator pedal fully released

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004R8

DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)

P0120 An improper voltage signal from accelerator pedal Harness or connectors
position sensor 1 and/or 2 is send to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2
Accelerator pedal released position switch

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS004R9

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress and release fully accelerator pedal slowly.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-718, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-716
 DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS004RA

EC

TBWA0112E

EC-717
 DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS004RB

1. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select ACCEL POS SEN and ACCEL SEN 2 in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Check ACCEL POS SEN and ACCEL SEN 2 signal under
the following conditions.
Conditions ACCEL POS SEN ACCEL SEN 2
Accelerator pedal fully
0.8 - 1.3V 0.3 - 1.8V
released
Accelerator pedal fully
More than 3.5V More than 3.0V
depressed

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. PBIB0403E
NG >> GO TO 3.

2. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Select OFF ACCEL SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
2. Check OFF ACCEL SW signal under the following conditions.
Conditions OFF ACCEL SW
Accelerator pedal fully released ON
Accelerator pedal depressed OFF

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 10.

PBIB0404E

EC-718
 DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
3. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator work unit harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. EC

PBIB0379E
E
4. Check voltage between accelerator work unit terminals 7, 1 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V F

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5. G
NG >> GO TO 4.

H
PBIB0364E

4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I

Check the following.
Harness connectors F30, M63
J
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit

>> Repair harness or connectors. K

5. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screw.
3. Check harness continuity between accelerator work unit termi-
nals 2, 8 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.
PBIB0385E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors F30, M63
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-719
 DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
7. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal B15 and accelerator work unit terminal 6, ECM terminal
B16 and accelerator work unit terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors F30, M63
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-721, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

10. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator work unit harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0379E

4. Check voltage between accelerator work unit terminal 5 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

PBIB0365E

EC-720
 DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
Harness connectors F30, M63
Harness for open or short between accelerator work unit and ECM EC

>> Repair harness or connectors.

C
12. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between accelerator work unit terminal 4 and ECM terminal A21. Refer to Wir- E
ing Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. G
NG >> GO TO 13.

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H

Check the following.
Harness connectors F30, M63
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit I

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
14. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH
Refer to EC-721, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15. L
15. REPLEACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator work unit. M
2. Perform EC-664, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

>> INSPECTION END

16. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS004RC

ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect all disconnected harness connectors.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-721
 DTC P0120 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Check the indication of ACCEL POS SEN and "ACCEL SEN
2"under the following conditions.
Conditions ACCEL POS SEN ACCEL SEN 2
Accelerator pedal fully
0.8 - 1.3V 0.3 - 1.8V
released
Accelerator pedal fully
More than 3.5V More than 3.0V
depressed

PBIB0403E

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH

Check continuity between accelerator position switch terminals 4
and 5 under the following conditions.
Conditions Continuity
Accelerator pedal fully released Should exist.
Accelerator pedal depressed Should not exist.

PBIB0366E

Removal and Installation EBS008YG

ACCELERATOR WORK UNIT

Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-722
 DTC P0190 COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
[YD]
DTC P0190 COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:16638
A
Description EBS004RD

The common rail fuel pressure sensor is placed to the common rail. It measures the fuel pressure in the com-
mon rail. The sensor sends voltage signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises. EC
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the common rail by the suction control valve. The ECM uses the signal
from common rail fuel pressure sensor as a feedback signal.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS008YH C
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR CONDITION SPECIFICATOIN
D
Engine: After warming up Idle 30 - 40 MPa
Air conditioner switch: OFF
ACT CR PRESS
Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 40 - 50 MPa E
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS008YI

F
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- G
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal) H
NO.
[Engine is running]
A23 B Sensor's ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
I
Idle speed
A27 W Sensor's power supply [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 5V
[Engine is running] J
Warm-up condition 1.6 - 1.8V
B13 Y/R Common rail fuel pressure Idle speed
B14 Y/R sensor [Engine is running] K
Warm-up condition 1.8 - 2.0V
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
L
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004RE

DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)

M
P0190 An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open
is entered to ECM. or shorted.)
Common rail fuel pressure sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS004RF

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-725, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-723
 DTC P0190 COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS004RG

TBWA0125E

EC-724
 DTC P0190 COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS004RH

1. CHECK COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect common rail fuel pressure sensor harness connec-
tor.
C
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0382E

4. Check voltage between common rail fuel pressure sensor termi- F

nal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power H
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0405E
I

2. CHECK COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check harness continuity between common rail fuel pressure sensor terminal 3 and engine ground. Refer
to Wiring Diagram. K
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
M
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check harness for open or short between ECM and common rail fuel pressure sensor.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-725
 DTC P0190 COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
[YD]
4. CHECK COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals B13, B14 and common rail fuel pressure sensor termi-
nal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.

5. CHECK COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace common rail.

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS004RI

COMMON RAIL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR

1. Reconnect harness connector disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals B13, B14 (Common rail
fuel pressure sensor signal) and ground under the following con-
ditions.
Condition Voltage V
Idle 1.6 - 1.8
2,000 rpm 1.8 - 2.0

4. If the voltage is out of specification, disconnect common rail fuel

pressure sensor harness connector and connect it again. Then
repeat above check.
PBIB0588E
5. If NG, replace common rail.
Removal and Installation EBS008YJ

COMMON RAIL
Refer to EM-135, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EC-726
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD]
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR PFP:16600
A
Description EBS008X0

EC

PBIB0482E

E
The ECM sends the fuel injection signal to EDU (Electronic Drive Unit). Then the EDU sends ON signals to
fuel injectors to operate them.
The EDU monitors injector ground circuit and sends the feedback signal to the ECM.
F

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When fuel injec- G
tor receives ON signal from EDU, the coil in the fuel injector is ener-
gized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel
to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The amount of fuel
injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is H
the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls
the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
I

PBIB0465E J
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS008X1

Remarks: Specification data are reference values.

K
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up No-load 0.68 - 0.78 msec
MAIN INJ WID Shift lever: Neutral position Air conditioner switch: ON L
0.78 - 0.88 msec
Idle speed Rear window defogger switch: ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS008X2

M
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

EC-727
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.

0 - 4V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

A1 L/W EDU drive No. 2

PBIB0387E
A2 Y/PU EDU drive No. 4
A3 PU EDU drive No. 3
0 - 4V
A4 Y EDU drive No. 1

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0388E

A8 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch "ON"]
A9 R (11 - 14V)

1 - 5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0391E
A29 W/PU EDU injector check signal
1 - 5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0392E

[Ignition switch ON]

[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
For a few seconds after turning ignition
D24 G switch "OFF"
ECM relay (self-shutoff)
D26 G
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
A few seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch "OFF"

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS008X3

DTC Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible cause)

P0201 Injector No.1 does not operate normally. Harness or connectors
(Injector circuit is open or shorted.)
P0202 Injector No.2 does not operate normally.
Electronic drive unit
P0203 Injector No.3 does not operate normally.
Fuel injector
P0204 Injector No.4 does not operate normally.

EC-728
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD]
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS008X4

WITH CONSULT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
3. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to START for at
least 2 seconds.)
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-732, "Diagnostic Procedure" . C

D
SEF817Y

EC-729
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS008X5

TBWA0132E

EC-730
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD]

EC

TBWA0133E

EC-731
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS008X6

1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and EDU harness con-
netor.
3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre-
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Terminals
DTC Cylinder
ECM EDU
P0201 A4 4 No.1
P0202 A1 1 No.2 PBIB0407E
P0203 A3 3 No.3
P0204 A2 2 No.4

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK EDU OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector of malfunctioning
cylinder.
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals corre-
sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Terminals
DTC Cylinder
EDU Fuel injector
P0201 9 4 No.1
P0202 12 4 No.2 PBIB0409E
P0203 10 4 No.3
P0204 11 4 No.4

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-732
 DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
[YD]
3. CHECK FUEL INJECOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity fuel injector terminal 3 of malfunctioning cylinder and EDU terminal 13.
Continuity should exist.
EC
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. C
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-I D

Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.

5. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR-II F

1. Remove two fuel injectors of malfunctioning cylinder and another cylinder.

2. Install fuel injectors to different cylinder. G
3. Reconnect ECM harness connector, EDU harness connector and fuel injector harness connector.
4. Erase DTC. Refer to EC-666, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" .
5. Select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-II. H
6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
7. Check DTC.
I
Same DTC is detected. >>Replace EDU.
Another DTC is detected. >>Replace fuel injector of malfunctioning cylinder.
No DTC is detected. >>GO TO 6. J

6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

K
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END L

Component Inspection EBS008YK

FUEL INJECTOR
1. Disconnect fuel injector. M
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist.
3. If NG, replace fuel injector.

PBIB0406E

Removal and Installation EBS008YL

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-135, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EC-733
 DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSISTION SENSOR (TDC)
[YD]
DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSISTION SENSOR (TDC) PFP:23731

Description EBS004RQ

The crankshaft position sensor (TDC) monitors engine speed by

means of signals from the sensing plate (with 23 protrusions)
installed to the fly wheel. The datum signal output is detected 15
signal and sent to the ECM. The sensor signal is used for fuel injec-
tion control and fuel injection timing control.

PBIB0368E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS004RR

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Tachometer: Connect
Almost the same speed as the
CKPSRPM (TDC) Run engine and compare tachometer indication with the CONSULT-II CONSULT-II value.
value.

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS004RS

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA(DC Voltage and Pulse Sig-
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR nal)
NO.
[Engine is running]
Crankshaft position sen-
B20 L/R Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sor (TDC) ground
Idle speed

0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0395E
Crankshaft position sen-
B21 L/G
sor (TDC)
0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0396E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

EC-734
 DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSISTION SENSOR (TDC)
[YD]
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004RT

A
DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)
P0335 An improper voltage signal from the sensor is sent Harness or connectors
to ECM during running and cranking. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EC
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC)

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS004RU

C
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode D
with CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 1 second.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed. E
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-737, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y G

EC-735
 DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSISTION SENSOR (TDC)
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS004RV

TBWA0123E

EC-736
 DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSISTION SENSOR (TDC)
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS004RW

1. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (TDC) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.
C

PBIB0385E

3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (TDC) harness connector F

and ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal B20 and
crankshaft position sensor (TDC) terminal 1. Refer to Wiring G
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
H
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2. PBIB0416E
I
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
J
2. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (TDC) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (TDC) terminal 2 and ECM terminal B21.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. K
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M

3. CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (TDC)

Refer to EC-737, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (TDC).

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS008YW

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR(TDC)

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

EC-737
 DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSISTION SENSOR (TDC)
[YD]
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (TDC) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

PBIB0419E

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure.

Resistance: 1,850 - 2,450

PBIB0417E

Removal and Installation EBS008YX

CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (TDC)

When installing crankshaft position sensor (TDC), tighten it with spe-
cific torque.
Tightening torque:
4.9 - 7.9 Nm (0.50 - 0.81 kg-m, 43 - 70 in-lb)

PBIB0416E

EC-738
 DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PFP:23731
A
Description EBS008YN

The camshaft position sensor identifies a particular cylinder by

means of signals from the sensing plate (with five protrusions) EC
installed to the camshaft. The datum signal output is detected 90
signal and sent to the ECM. The sensor signal is used for fuel injec-
tion control and fuel injection timing control.
C

PBIB0367E
E
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS008YP

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: F
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI- G
WIRE DATA(DC Voltage and Pulse Sig-
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR nal)
NO.
[Engine is running]
Camshaft position sensor H
B18 R/G Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
ground
Idle speed

0 - 3V I

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition J
Idle speed

PBIB0393E K
B19 R/Y Camshaft position sensor
0 - 3V

[Engine is running]
L
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
M
PBIB0394E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS008YQ

DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)

P0340 An improper voltage signal from the sensor is send Harness or connectors
to ECM during running and cranking. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Camshaft position sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS008YR

Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V.

EC-739
 DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II.
2. Crank engine for at least 1 second.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-742, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-740
 DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS008YS

EC

TBWA0124E

EC-741
 DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS008YT

1. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen and retighten engine ground screws.

PBIB0385E

3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector and

ECM harness connector.
4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal B18 and cam-
shaft position sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power PBIB0381E
in harness or connectors.

2. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between camshaft position sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal B19. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

Refer to EC-742, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS008YU

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.

EC-742
 DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
[YD]
2. Disconnect camshaft position sensor harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor. A
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping.

EC

D
PBIB0418E

5. Check resistance as shown in the figure. E

Resistance: 1,850 - 2,450

PBIB0417E H

Removal and Installation EBS008YV

CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

I
Refer to EM-131, "VACUUM PUMP" .

EC-743
 DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
[YD]
DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) PFP:32702

Description EBS004QL

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the 4WD/ABS control unit. The combination
meter then sends a signal to the ECM.
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS004QM

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE DATA
MINAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.

0 - 5V

[Engine is running]
Lift up the vehicle
E21 L/B Vehicle speed sensor
In 2nd gear position
Vehicle speed is 30 km/h (19 MPH)

PBIB0386E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004QN

DTC Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible Cause)

P0500 The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle Harness or connectors
speed sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
being driven. Vehicle speed sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is send Combination meter
to ECM
4WD/ABS control unit

Overall Function Check EBS004QO

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Lift up the vehicle.
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal by oscilloscope under the fol-
lowing conditions.
In 2nd gear position.

Vehicle speed is 30km/h (19MPH)

The oscilloscope should indicate the almost same signal
wave as that shown in the "ECM Terminals and Reference
Value".
4. If NG, go to EC-747, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF864Y

EC-744
 DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS004QP

LHD MODELS A

EC

TBWA0104E

EC-745
 DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
[YD]
RHD MODELS

TBWA0105E

EC-746
 DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS004QQ

1. CHECK DTC WITH 4WD/ABS CONTROL UNIT

EC
Check DTC with 4WD/ABS control unit.
Refer to BRC-7, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" .
OK or NG
C
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Reform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.

2. CHECK SPEEDOMETER FUNCTION D

Make sure that speed meter functions properly.

OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.

3. CHECK ECM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and combination meter harness connector. G
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal E21 and combination meter terminal 50 or 63. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
H
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power.
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> GO TO 4.
J
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
K
Harness connectors M64, F29
Harness for open and short between ECM and combination meter
L
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

5. CHECK SPEEDOMATER INPUT SIGNL FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector and 4WD/ABS control unit harness connector.
3. Check continuity between combination meter terminal 52 or 42 and 4WD/ABS control unit harness con-
nector. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

EC-747
 DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
[YD]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M14, E106
Harness for open and short between 4WD/ABS control unit and combination meter

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

7. CHECK SPEED METER

Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS (LHD MODELS)" or DI-22, "COMBINATION METERS (RHD MOD-
ELS)" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace combination meter.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-748
 DTC P1107 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[YD]
DTC P1107 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR PFP:23710
A
Description EBS004SY

The absolute pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor detects
ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to the EC
microcomputer.

PBIB0378E
E
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004SZ

DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)

P1107 An excessively high or low voltage from the abso- ECM F
lute pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to
ECM.

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS004T0

G
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
H
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 2 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-749, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I

SEF817Y
K
Diagnostic Procedure EBS004T1

L
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform EC-749, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is the DTC P1107 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

EC-749
 DTC P1107 ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR
[YD]
2. REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-666,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" .
3. Perform "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Refer to EC-664 .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-750
 DTC P1180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD]
DTC P1180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PFP:16700
A
Description EBS004T2

Fuel temperature sensor is built in the fuel supply pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel
supply pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature. EC
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS004T3

Remarks: Specification data are reference values.

C
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
FUEL TEMP SEN Engine: After warming up More than 40C (104F)
D
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS004T4

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION: E
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
F
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

[Engine is running] Approximately 0 - 4.8V G

A12 PU Fuel temperature sensor Output voltage varies with fuel
Warm-up condition temperature
[Engine is running]
H
A23 B Sensor's ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004T5 I

DTC Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible cause)

P1180 An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor Harness or connectors J
is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel temperature sensor

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS004T6

K
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
L
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to START for at
least 2 seconds.) M
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-753, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-751
 DTC P1180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS004T7

TBWA0116E

EC-752
 DTC P1180 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS004T8

1. CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. C

PBIB0464E

4. Check voltage between fuel temperature sensor terminal 1 and F

engine ground.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power H
in harness or connectors.

PBIB0420E
I

2. CHECK FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
J
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Check harness continuity between fuel temperature sensor terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram. K
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
M
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check harness for open or short to between ECM and fuel temperature sensor.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace fuel supply pump.
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation EBS008Z2

FUEL SUPPLY PUMP

Refer to EM-138, "FUEL SUPPLY PUMP" .

EC-753
 DTC P1216 EDU
[YD]
DTC P1216 EDU PFP:22710

Description EBS008X9

PBIB0482E

The ECM sends the fuel injection signal to EDU (Electronic Drive Unit). Then the EDU sends ON signals to
fuel injectors to operate them.
The EDU monitors injector ground circuit and sends the feed back signal to the ECM.
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS008XB

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.

0 - 4V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

A1 L/W EDU drive No. 2

PBIB0387E
A2 Y/PU EDU drive No. 4
A3 PU EDU drive No. 3
0 - 4V
A4 Y EDU drive No. 1

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0388E

A8 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch "ON"]
A9 R (11 - 14V)

1 - 5V

[Engine is running]
A29 W/PU EDU injector check signal Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0391E

EC-754
 DTC P1216 EDU
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION A
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.

1 - 5V
EC
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm C

PBIB0392E
D
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
For a few seconds after turning ignition
D24 G switch "OFF" E
ECM relay (self-shutoff)
D26 G
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
A few seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch "OFF" F
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS008XC G

DTC Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible cause)
P1216 EDU feed back signal is not normal pattern. Harness or connectors
H
(Injector drive circuit is open or shorted.)
Electronic drive unit
Fuel injectors
I
DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS008XD

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. J
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to START for at K
least 2 seconds.)
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-758, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
L

SEF817Y M

EC-755
 DTC P1216 EDU
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS008XE

TBWA0118E

EC-756
DTC P1216 EDU
[YD]

EC

TBWA0119E

EC-757
 DTC P1216 EDU
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS008XF

1. INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch "START".
2. Is any cylinder ignited?
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK EDU POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect EDU harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch "ON".

PBIB0407E

4. Check voltage between EDU terminal 6 and ground with CON-

SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0421E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness for open or short between EDU and ECM
Harness for open or short between EDU ad ECM relay

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK EDU GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Check harness continuity between EDU terminal 8 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-758
 DTC P1216 EDU
[YD]
5. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
ECM terminal EDU terminal
A4 4
A3 3 C
A2 2
A1 1
D
Continuity should exist
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
6. CHECK EDU OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connectors. G
2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer
to Wiring Diagram.
H
EDU terminal Fuel injector terminal
9 4
10 4 I
11 4
12 4
PBIB0409E J
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
7. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 3 of each cylinder and EDU terminal 13. Refer to M
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.

EC-759
 DTC P1216 EDU
[YD]
9. CHECK ECM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and EDU harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal A29 and EDU terminal 5. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

10. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace EDU.
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation EBS008Z4

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-135, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EC-760
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM) PFP:00021
A
Description EBS004QR

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator EC
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
Cooling fan
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Cooling fan relay
control
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal C

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, air condi-
tioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. D
OPERATION

SEF421Z
H
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS004QS

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION I
When cooling fan is stopped. OFF
COOLING FAN When cooling fans operate at low speed. LOW
J
When cooling fans operate at high speed. HIGH

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS004QT

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. K
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. L
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO. M
[Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan is not operating (11 - 14V)
E2 LG Cooling fan relay (Low)
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
Cooling fan is operating
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Cooling fan is not operating
(11 - 14V)
E7 LG/B Cooling fan relay (High) Cooling fan is operating at low speed
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0.1V
Cooling fan is operating at high speed

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004QU

This diagnosis continuously monitors the engine coolant temperature.

If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.

EC-761
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)
P1217 Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). Harness or connectors
Cooling fan system does not operate properly (The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
(Overheat). Cooling fan
Engine coolant was not added to the system using Radiator hose
the proper filling method. Radiator
Radiator cap
Water pump
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature sensor
For more information, refer to EC-770, "Main 12
Causes of Overheating" .

CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant following the procedure in the MA-27,
"Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-19, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Overall Function Check EBS004QV

Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-
up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-764,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .

AEC640

2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer

filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-764,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-II and make sure that cooling fans operate when touching
HIGH or LOW.
If NG, go to EC-764, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF111X

EC-762
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS004QW

EC

TBWA0107E

EC-763
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS004QX

1. CHECK COOLING FAN LOW SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0369E

3. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-

SULT-II.
4. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at low speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Check cooling fan low speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
766, "PROCEDURE A" .)

SEF646X

2. CHECK COOLING FAN HIGH SPEED OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Perform COOLING FAN in ACTIVE TEST mode with CON-
SULT-II.
5. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at high speed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Check cooling fan high speed control circuit. (Go to EC-
768, "PROCEDURE B" .)

SEF111X

EC-764
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
3. CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK A
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
Testing pressure: 157 kPa (1.57 bar, 1.6 kg/cm2 , 23psi)
EC
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop. C
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4. D

SLC754A

F
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following for leak.
Hose G
Radiator
Water pump (Refer toCO-40, "WATER PUMP" .)
H

>> Repair or replace.

5. CHECK RADIATOR CAP I

Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure. J
Radiator cap relief pressure:
78 - 98 kPa (0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm 2 , 9 - 14 psi)
K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace radiator cap. L

SLC755A
M

EC-765
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
6. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1. Remove thermostat.
2. Check valve seating condition at normal room temperatures.
It should seat tightly.
3. Check valve opening temperature and valve lift.
Valve opening temperature:
80 - 84 C (176 - 183 F) [standard]
Valve lift:
More than 10 mm/95 C (0.339 in/203 F)
4. Check if valve is closed at 5C (9F) below valve opening tem-
perature. For details, refer to CO-42, "THERMOSTAT AND
WATER PIPING" .
OK or NG SLC343

OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace thermostat.

7. CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Refer to EC-714, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.

8. CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES

If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-770, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating" .

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE A

1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay-1.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check voltage between cooling fan relay-1 terminals 1, 5, 7 and
ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0422E

EC-766
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
10A fuse EC
40A fusible links
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and fuse
C
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.

PBIB0479E
I
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, cool-
ing fan motor-1 terminal 4 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-1 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cool-
ing fan motor-2 terminal 4 and body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. K

Continuity should exist.

6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M

4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal E2 and cooling fan relay-1 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-767
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E64, F5
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-1 and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY-1

Refer to EC-771, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relay.

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2

Refer to EC-771, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

PROCEDURE B

1. CHECK COOLING FAN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2 and -3.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0369E

4. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 terminals 1,

3 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0424E

EC-768
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fuse
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and fusible link EC

>> Repair harness or connectors.

C
3. CHECK COOLING FAN GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.

PBIB0479E

H
3. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-2 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cool-
ing fan relay-2 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 3, cooling fan relay-2 terminal 7 and body
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
I
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
5. Check harness continuity between cooling fan relay-3 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, cool- J
ing fan relay-3 terminal 6 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3, cooling fan relay-3 terminal 7 and body
ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist. K

6. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK COOLING FAN OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M

1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal E7 and cooling fan relay-2 terminal 2, cooling fan relay-
3 terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-769
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E64, F5
Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-2 and -3 and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

6. CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3

Refer to EC-771, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace cooling fan relays.

7. CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS

Refer to EC-771, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace cooling fan motors.

8. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Main 12 Causes of Overheating EBS004QY

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Condition Reference page

OFF 1 Blocked radiator Visual No blocking
Blocked radiator grille
Blocked bumper
2 Coolant mixture Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture See MA-17, "RECOM-
MENDED FLUIDS AND
LUBRICANTS" .
3 Coolant level Visual Coolant up to MAX level See MA-27, "Changing
in reservoir tank and radi- Engine Coolant" .
ator filler neck
4 Radiator cap Pressure tester 78 - 98 kPa (0.78 - 0.98 See CO-34, "Checking
bar, 0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 11 - Radiator Cap" .
14 psi)

ON*2 5 Coolant leaks Visual No leaks See CO-30, "LEAK

CHECK" .

ON*2 6 Thermostat Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot See CO-42, "THERMO-
lower radiator hoses STAT AND WATER PIP-
ING" .

ON*1 7 Cooling fan CONSULT-II Operating See Trouble Diagnosis for

DTC P1217, EC-713 .
OFF 8 Combustion gas leak Color checker chemi- Negative
cal tester 4 Gas ana-
lyzer

EC-770
 DTC P1217 OVERHEAT (COOLING SYSTEM)
[YD]
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Condition Reference page
A
ON*3 9 Coolant temperature Visual Gauge less than 3/4
gauge when driving
Coolant overflow to Visual No overflow during driv- See MA-27, "Changing
reservoir tank ing and idling Engine Coolant" . EC

OFF*4 10 Coolant return from Visual Should be initial level in See MA-28, "REFILLING
reservoir tank to radia- reservoir tank ENGINE COOLANT" .
tor C
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler 0.1mm (0.004 in) Maxi- See EM-173, "CYLIN-
gauge mum distortion (warping) DER HEAD" .
12 Cylinder block and pis- Visual No scuffing on cylinder See EM-188, "CYLIN- D
tons walls or piston DER BLOCK" .
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. E
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-26, "OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS" .
F
Component Inspection EBS004QZ

COOLING FAN RELAY-1, -2 AND -3

Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7 under the fol- G
lowing conditions.
Conditions Continuity
H
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No
I

SEF745U J

COOLING FAN MOTOR-1 AND -2

Supply battery voltage between the following terminals and check
K
operation.
Terminals
Speed
(+) () L
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor-1
High 1, 2 3, 4
M
Low 1 4
Cooling fan motor-2
High 1, 2 3, 4
PBIB0423E

EC-771
 DTC P1233 - P1234 SUCTION CONTROL VALVE
[YD]
DTC P1233 - P1234 SUCTION CONTROL VALVE PFP:16700

Description EBS008XG

To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel supply pump, a suction control valve is built into the fuel
supply pump. When the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel supply pump increases, the fuel supply pump
raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result, the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the
engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the suction control valve to raise the injection pressure.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS008XH

Remarks: Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up Idle 70.0 - 71.5CA
Air conditioner switch: OFF
SUCTION CV
Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 73.5 - 75.0CA
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS008XI

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.

0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0399E
Suction control valve
E1 L
power supply
0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0400E

0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed

PBIB0401E
E8 Y/G Suction control valve 1 signal
0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

PBIB0402E

EC-772
 DTC P1233 - P1234 SUCTION CONTROL VALVE
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.

0 - 12.5V
EC
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed C

PBIB0401E
E16 G/W Suction control valve 2 signal D
0 - 12.5V

[Engine is running]
E
Warm-up condition
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

F
PBIB0402E

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
G
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS008XJ

DTC Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible cause)

P1233 Suction control valve 1 and/or 2 dose not operate Harness or connectors H
normally. (Fuel supply pump suction control valve circuit is
open or shorted.)
P1234 Suction control valve 1 I
Suction control valve 2

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS008XK

J
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. K
3. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to START for at
least 2 seconds.)
L
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-775, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-773
 DTC P1233 - P1234 SUCTION CONTROL VALVE
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS008XL

TBWA0122E

EC-774
 DTC P1233 - P1234 SUCTION CONTROL VALVE
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS008XM

1. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

EC
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and fuel supply pump har-
ness connectors.
C
3. Check continuity between ECM terminal E1 and fuel supply
pump terminals 1, 3.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
D
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 2. PBIB0464E
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. F

2. CHECK SUCTION CONTROL VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF". G
2. Check continuity between ECM terminal E8 and fuel supply pump terminal 2, ECM terminal E16 and fuel
supply pump terminal 4.
Refer to Wiring Diagram. H

Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J

3. CHECK SUCTION CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EC-776, "Component Inspection" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
L
NG >> Replace fuel supply pump.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

M
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-775
 DTC P1233 - P1234 SUCTION CONTROL VALVE
[YD]
Component Inspection EBS008Z6

SUCTION CONTROL VALVE

1. Check continuity between fuel supply pump terminals 1 and 2, 3
and 4.
Continuity should exist.
2. If NG, replace fuel supply pump.

PBIB0466E

Removal and Installation EBS008Z7

FUEL SUPPLY PUMP

Refer to EM-138, "FUEL SUPPLY PUMP" .

EC-776
 DTC P1301 - P1304 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD]
DTC P1301 - P1304 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR PFP:16600
A
Description EBS008XN

The fuel injector adjustment resistor is built into the fuel injector. The resistance is constant and individual.
ECM uses the individual resistance to determine the fuel injection pulse. EC
ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS008XP

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
C
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
D
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
E
[Engine is running]
A25 G/W Fuel injector's ground Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
Idle speed
F
Fuel injector adjustment
B9 G/B
resistor No.2
Fuel injector adjustment 0.7 - 2.3V (0.2 - 4.8V)
B10 Y/B G
resistor No.4 (There is an individual differ-
[Ignition switch "ON"]
Fuel injector adjustment ence in fuel injector adjust-
B11 R/B ment resistor.)
resistor No.3
H
Fuel injector adjustment
B12 W/B
resistor No.1

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS008XQ I

DTC Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible cause)
P1301 An excessively high or low voltage from fuel injector Harness or connectors
J
No.1 adjustment resistor is sent to ECM (Injector adjustment resister circuit is open or
shorted.)
An excessively high or low voltage from fuel injector
P1302 Fuel injector adjustment resistor
No.2 adjustment resistor is sent to ECM
K
An excessively high or low voltage from fuel injector
P1303
No.3 adjustment resistor is sent to ECM
An excessively high or low voltage from fuel injector
P1304 L
No.4 adjustment resistor is sent to ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS008XR

WITH CONSULT-II M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to START for at
least 2 seconds.)
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-779, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-777
 DTC P1301 - P1304 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS008XS

TBWA0128E

EC-778
 DTC P1301 - P1304 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS008XT

1. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

EC
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector of malfunctioning
cylinder.
C
3. Turn ignition switch "ON".

PBIB0409E

F
4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 2 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2. H

I
PBIB0414E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J

Check harness continuity for open and short between ECM and fuel injector.

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K

3. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR GROUND CIRCUIT

L
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 1 and ECM terminal A25.
Continuity should exist. M

3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR

Refer to EC-780, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace fuel injector.

EC-779
 DTC P1301 - P1304 FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR
[YD]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS008Z8

FUEL INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT RESISTOR

1. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
2. Check continuity between terminals as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist.
If NG, replace fuel injector.

PBIB0415E

Removal and Installation EBS008Z9

FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EM-135, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EC-780
 DTC P1305 FUEL LEAK
[YD]
DTC P1305 FUEL LEAK PFP:17520
A
On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS004TX

DTC Malfunction is detected when .... Check Items (Possible cause)

P1305 The relation between the output signal to suction Suction control valve EC
control valve and input signal from common rail fuel Fuel tube
pressure sensor is not in normal range.
Common rail
C
Fuel pressure relief valve

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS004TY

WITH CONSULT-II D
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed. E
(If engine does not run, turn ignition switch to START for at
least 2 seconds.)
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-781, "Diagnostic Procedure" . F

G
SEF817Y

Diagnostic Procedure EBS004U0

H

1. INSPECTION START
I
1. Start engine.
2. Visually check the following for fuel leak.
Fuel tube from fuel supply pump to common rail J
Common rail
Fuel tube from common rail to fuel injector
3. Also check for improper connection or pinches. K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
L
NG >> Repair malfunctioning part.

2. CEHCK FUEL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

M
Refer to EC-665, "Fuel Pressure Relief Valve" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Replace common rail.

3. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
OK or NG
OK >> Replace fuel supply pump.
NG >> Repair or replace.
Removal and Installation EBS008ZA

COMMON RAIL
Refer to EM-135, "INJECTION TUBE AND FUEL INJECTOR" .

EC-781
 DTC P1305 FUEL LEAK
[YD]
FUEL SUPPLY PUMP
Refer to EM-138, "FUEL SUPPLY PUMP" .

EC-782
 DTC P1510 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH
[YD]
DTC P1510 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH PFP:18002
A
Description EBS0096V

The accelerator work unit is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The accelerator
pedal position sensor 1, 2 and accelerator pedal released position switch are built into the accelerator work EC
unit. The sensor detects the accelerator pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the sig-
nal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
The accelerator pedal released position switch detects accelerator pedal released position signal and sends
this signal to the ECM. The ECM will then determine engine idle conditions. This signal is also used for diag- C
nosing the accelerator pedal position sensor.

I
PBIB0463E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0096W

J
Specification data are reference values.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully released 0.8 - 1.3V K

ACCEL POS SEN
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: fully depressed More than 3.5V

Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: fully released 0.3 - 1.8V

ACCEL SEN 2 L
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: fully depressed More than 3.0V
Accelerator pedal: fully released ON
Ignition switch: ON
OFF ACCEL SW Accelerator pedal: slightly M
(Engine stopped) OFF
depressed

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS0096X

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Accelerator pedal
A21 B released position switch [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V
ground
Accelerator pedal position
A22 LG [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V
sensor 1 ground

EC-783
 DTC P1510 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH
[YD]
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
Accelerator pedal position
A26 LG/R [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 0V
sensor 2 ground
Accelerator pedal position
A28 PU/R [Ignition switch "ON"] Approximately 5V
sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.8 - 1.3V
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal fully released
B15 W
sensor 1 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.5V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
[Ignition switch "ON"]
0.3 - 1.8V
Accelerator pedal position Accelerator pedal fully released
B16 G
sensor 2 [Ignition switch "ON"]
More than 3.0V
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Accelerator pedal position
B23 GY/L [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 2 power supply
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Accelerator pedal Accelerator pedal slightly depressed (11 - 14V)
D14 G/Y
released position switch [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Accelerator pedal fully released

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0096Y

DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)

P1510 The relation between accelerator pedal position Harness or connectors
sensor 1, 2 signals and accelerator pedal position (Accelerator pedal released position switch circuit is
switch signal is not in the normal range during the open or shorted.)
specified accelerator pedal positions. Accelerator pedal released position switch

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0096Z

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Depress and release fully accelerator pedal slowly.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-786, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-784
 DTC P1510 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS00970

EC

TBWA0131E

EC-785
 DTC P1510 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS00971

1. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect accelerator work unit harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0379E

4. Check voltage between accelerator work unit terminal 5 and

ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0365E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors F30, M63
Harness for open or short between accelerator work unit and ECM

>> Repair harness or connectors.

3. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between accelerator work unit terminal 4 and ECM terminal A21. Refer to Wir-
ing Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 4.

EC-786
 DTC P1510 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH
[YD]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
Harness connectors F30, M63
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator work unit EC

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
5. CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH
Refer to EC-787, "Component Inspection" . D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6. E

6. REPLEACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. F
2. Perform EC-664, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" .

G
>> INSPECTION END

7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

H
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END I

Component Inspection EBS00972

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION SWITCH

J
Check continuity between accelerator position switch terminals 4
and 5 under the following conditions.
Conditions Continuity K
Accelerator pedal fully released Should exist.
Accelerator pedal depressed Should not exist.
L

M
PBIB0366E

Removal and Installation EBS00973

ACCELERATOR WORK UNIT

Refer to ACC-2, "ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM" .

EC-787
 DTC P1606 ECM
[YD]
DTC P1606 ECM PFP:23710

Description EBS008YY

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PBIB0378E

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS008YZ

DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)

P1606 ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS008Z0

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-788, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

Diagnostic Procedure EBS008Z1

1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform EC-788, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again.
5. Is DTC P1606 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END

EC-788
 DTC P1606 ECM
[YD]
2. REPLACE ECM A
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-666,
"NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System)" . EC
3. Perform "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Refer to EC-664, "Accelerator Pedal Released
Position Learning" .
C
>> INSPECTION END

EC-789
 DTC P1621 ECM RELAY
[YD]
DTC P1621 ECM RELAY PFP:25230

ECM Terminals and Reference valve EBS009O8

TER-
WIRE DATA
MINAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
A8 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch "ON"]
A9 R (11 - 14V)
D18 W/R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON]
D19 W/R (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
For a few seconds after turning ignition switch
D24 G "OFF"
ECM relay (self-shutoff)
D26 G
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
A few seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch "OFF"

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS008Y3

DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)

P1621 An irregular voltage signal from the ECM relay is Harness or connectors (ECM relay circuit is open or
sent to ECM. shorted.)
ECM relay

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS008Y4

WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 20 seconds and then
turn ON.
4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-792, "Diagnostic Procedure" .

SEF817Y

EC-790
 DTC P1621 ECM RELAY
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS008ZC

EC

TBWA0121E

EC-791
 DTC P1621 ECM RELAY
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS008Y5

1. CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM relay.

PBIB0377E

3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 1, 6 and ground with

CONSULT-II or tester.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.

PBIB0359E

2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors E65, F6
20A fuse
Harness for open and short between ECM relay and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

3. CHECK ECM INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals A8, A9 and ECM relay terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-792
 DTC P1621 ECM RELAY
[YD]
4. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals D24, D26 and ECM relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
EC
Continuity should exist.
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
D
5. CHECK ECM RELAY
Refer to EC-793, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace ECM relay.
F
6. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDET
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
G

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS008ZD
H
ECM RELAY
1. Apply 12V direct current between ECM relay terminals 1 and 2.
2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7. I

Condition Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
J
minals 1 and 2
OFF No

3. If NG, replace ECM relay. K

PBIB0077E
L

EC-793
 DTC P1660 BATTERY VOLTAGE
[YD]
DTC P1660 BATTERY VOLTAGE PFP:AYBGL

On Board Diagnosis Logic EBS0035A

The ECM checks if battery voltage is within the tolerance range for the engine control system.
DTC Malfunction is detected when ... Check Items (Possible Cause)
P1660 An abnormally high or low voltage from the battery Incorrect jump starting
is sent to ECM. Battery
Alternator
ECM

DTC Confirmation Procedure EBS0035B

With CONSULT-II
1. Check the following.
Jumper cables are connected for jump starting.
Battery or alternator has been replaced.
If the result is Yes for one item or more, skip the following steps and go to EC-794, "Diagnostic Proce-
dure" .
2. Check that the positive battery terminal is connected to battery properly. If NG, reconnect it properly.
3. Check that the alternator functions properly. Refer to SC-12, "CHARGING SYSTEM" .
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
5. Wait one minute.
6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-794, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
7. Start engine and wait one minute at idle.
8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-794, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0035C

1. INSPECTION START
Are jumper cables connected for the jump starting?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3.
No >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK BATTERY AND ALTERNATOR

Check that the proper type of battery and alternator is installed.
Refer to SC-3, "BATTERY" , SC-12, "CHARGING SYSTEM" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace with a proper one.

EC-794
 DTC P1660 BATTERY VOLTAGE
[YD]
3. CHECK JUMPER CABLES INSTALLATION A
Check that the jumper cables are connected in the correct sequence.

EC

SEF439Z

OK or NG E
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Reconnect jumper cables properly.
F
4. CHECK BATTERY FOR BOOSTER
Check that the battery for the booster is a 12V battery.
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Change the vehicle for booster. H
5. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
Perform EC-794, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" , again. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> Replace ECM. J

6. CHECK ELECTRICAL PARTS DAMAGE

K
Check the following for damage.
Wiring harness and harness connectors for burn
Fuses for short L
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. M

EC-795
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:25230

Description EBS0035J

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) Engine speed Glow lamp
Glow control Glow relay
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Glow plugs

When engine coolant temperature is more than approximately 80C (176F), the glow relay turns off.
When coolant temperature is lower than approximately 80C (176F):
Ignition switch ON
After ignition switch has turned to ON, the glow relay turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to
engine coolant temperature, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
Cranking
The glow relay turns ON, allowing current to flow through glow plug.
Starting
After engine has started, current continues to flow through glow plug (after-glow mode) for a certain period
in relation to engine coolant temperature.
The glow indicator lamp turns ON for a certain period of time in relation to engine coolant temperature at the
time glow relay is turned ON.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Glow Plug
The glow plug is provided with a ceramic heating element to obtain a
high-temperature resistance. It glows in response to a signal sent
from the ECM, allowing current to flow through the glow plug via the
glow relay.

SEF376Y

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS0035K

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 1.0V
Glow lamp is "ON"
D2 OR Glow lamp
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Glow lamp is "OFF" (11 - 14V)

E9 W/R Glow relay Refer to EC-796, "SYSTEM DESCRIPTION"

EC-796
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS0035L

EC

TBWA0108E

EC-797
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0035M

1. INSPECTION START
Check fuel level, fuel supplying system, starter motor, etc.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> Correct.

2. CHECK INSTALLATION
Check that glow plug nut and all glow plug connecting plate nuts are
installed properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Install properly.

SEF392YA

3. CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Confirm that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates below 80C (176F).
If it indicates above 80C (176F), cool down engine.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 5 seconds and then turn
ON.
5. Make sure that glow indicator lamp is turned ON for 1.5 sec-
onds or more after turning ignition switch ON, and then glow
indicator lamp turned OFF.
OK or NG SEF013Y
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 5.

EC-798
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
4. CHECK GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION A
1. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Confirm that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates approximately 25C EC
(77F). If NG, cool down engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Set voltmeter probe between glow plug and engine body. C
5. Turn ignition switch ON.

D
SEF013Y

6. Check the voltage between glow plug and engine body under E
the following conditions.
Conditions Voltage
For 20 seconds after turning ignition switch
F
Battery voltage
"ON"
More than 20 seconds after turning ignition
Approx. 0V G
switch "ON"

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END PBIB0425E H
NG >> GO TO 10.

5. CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector M46.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. J
4. Check voltage between combination meter terminal 46 or 59
and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
K
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7. L
NG >> GO TO 6.

M
PBIB0426E

6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connector M1
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-799
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
7. CHECK GLOW INDICATOR LAMP OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal D2 and combination meter terminal 65 or 55. Refer to
Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 8.

8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

Check the following.
Harness connectors M63, F30
Harness for open or short between combination meter and ECM

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

9. CHECK COMBINATION METER

Check combination meter and glow indicator lamp. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS (LHD MODELS)"
or DI-22, "COMBINATION METERS (RHD MODELS)" and DI-39, "WARNING LAMPS" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Repair or replace combination meter or glow indicator lamp.

10. CHECK GLOW RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect glow relay.

PBIB0373E

3. Check voltage between glow relay terminals 1, 3 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.

PBIB0427E

EC-800
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A
Check the following.
60A fusible link
Harness for open or short between glow relay and battery EC

>> Repair harness or connectors.

C
12. CHECK GLOW RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal E9 and glow relay terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
E
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14. F
NG >> GO TO 13.

13. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G

Check the following.
Harness connectors E63, F4
Harness for open or short between glow relay and ECM H

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
I
14. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN GLOW RELAY AND GLOW PLUG FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
J
1. Disconnect glow plug harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between glow relay terminal 5 and glow plug harness connector. Refer to Wiring
Diagram. K
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
15. CHECK GLOW RELAY
Refer to EC-802, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace glow relay.

16. CHECK GLOW PLUG

Refer to EC-802, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> Replace glow plug.

EC-801
 GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
17. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS003PM

GLOW RELAY
Check continuity between glow relay terminals 3 and 5 under the fol-
lowing conditions.
Conditions Continuity
12V direct current supply between ter-
Yes
minals 1 and 2
No current supply No
Operation takes less than 1 second.

PBIB0428E

GLOW PLUG
1. Remove glow plug connecting plate.
2. Check glow plug resistance.
Resistance: Approximately 0.8 [at 25C (77F)]
NOTE:
Do not bump glow plug heating element. If it is bumped,
replace glow plug with a new one.
If glow plug is dropped from a height of 10 cm (3.94 in) or
higher, replace with a new one.
If glow plug installation hole is contaminated with car-
bon, remove it with a reamer or suitable tool.
PBIB0429E
Hand-tighten glow plug by turning it two or three times,
then tighten using a tool to specified torque.
: 17.7 - 22.5 N-m (1.8 - 2.3 kg-m, 13 - 16 ft-lb)

Removal and Installation EBS008ZE

GLOW PLUG
Refer to EM-130, "GLOW PLUG" .

EC-802
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM PFP:14710
A
Description EBS0035N

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator EC
Crankshaft position sensor (TDC) Engine speed
Vehicle speed sensor Vehicle speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature C
EGR volume con- EGR volume control
Ignition switch Start signal
trol valve
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
D
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation
E
This system controls flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the EGR
by-pass passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the flow rate. A built-in step motor
moves the valve in steps corresponding to the ECM output pulses. The opening of the valve varies for opti-
mum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine con- F
ditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
Engine stopped G
Engine starting
Low engine coolant temperature
Excessively high engine coolant temperature H
High engine speed
Wide open throttle
I

L
SEF908Y

COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
EGR Volume Control Valve M
The EGR volume control valve uses a step motor to control the flow
rate of EGR from exhaust manifold. This motor has four winding
phases. It operates according to the output pulse signal of the ECM.
Two windings are turned ON and OFF in sequence. Each time an
ON pulse is issued, the valve opens or closes, changing the flow
rate. When no change in the flow rate is needed, the ECM does not
issue the pulse signal. A certain voltage signal is issued so that the
valve remains at that particular opening.

SEF411Y

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS0035O

Specification data are reference values.

EC-803
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Engine: After warming up After one minute at idle More than 10 steps
Air conditioner switch: OFF
EGR VOL CON/V Revving engine from idle to 3,600
Shift lever: Neutral position 0 step
rpm
No-load

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS0035P

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMI-
WIRE DATA
NAL ITEM CONDITION
COLOR (DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
NO.
A8 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch "ON"]
A9 R (11 - 14V)
0.1 - 14V
B3 W [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
B4 OR/B
EGR volume control valve Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
B5 W/L
Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
B6 GY
control valve.)
[Ignition switch ON]
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
For a few seconds after turning ignition
D24 G switch "OFF"
ECM relay (self-shutoff)
D26 G
[Ignition switch OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
A few seconds passed after turning ignition (11 - 14V)
switch "OFF"

EC-804
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS0035Q

EC

TBWA0109E

EC-805
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0035R

1. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM OVERALL FUNCTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Set the oscilloscope probe between ECM terminals B3, B4, B5, B6 and ground.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Check the oscilloscope screen when revving engine up to 3,200 rpm and return to idle.

PBIB0430E

The pulse signal as shown in the figure should appear.

OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.

2. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.

PBIB0380E

4. Check voltage between EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5

and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0431E

EC-806
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
3. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM relay.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM relay terminal 5 and EC
EGR volume control valve terminals 2, 5. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
C
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power PBIB0377E
in harness or connectors. E
4. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
Check voltage between ECM relay terminal 3 and ground with CON- F
SULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
NG >> GO TO 5.
H

PBIB0432E I

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

J
Check the following.
Harness connectors E63, F4
10A fuse K
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and fuse

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L

6. CHECK ECM RELAY

Refer to EC-705, "Component Inspection" . M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> Replace ECM relay.

EC-807
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
7. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and EGR volume control valve terminals as follows.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
ECM terminal EGR volume control valve terminal
B3 4
B4 3
B5 6
B6 1

Continuity should exist.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

8. CHECK EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EC-808, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> Replace EGR volume control valve.

9. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection EBS003Q0

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

With CONSULT-II
1. Disconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.

PBIB0380E

EC-808
 EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
[YD]
2. Check resistance between the following terminals.
terminal 2 and terminals 1, 3 A
terminal 5 and terminals 4, 6

Temperature C (F) Resistance EC

20 (68) 13 - 17

If NG, replace EGR volume control valve. C

If OK, go to next step.
3. Reconnect EGR volume control valve harness connector.
4. Remove EGR volume control valve from cylinder head. D
(The EGR volume control valve harness connector should
remain connected.)
5. Turn ignition switch "ON".
E

G
SEF605Y

6. Perform "EGR VOL CONT/V" in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-II. Check that EGR volume control H
valve shaft moves smoothly forward and backward according to the valve opening.

SEF819Y

If NG, replace the EGR volume control valve. L

Removal and Installation EBS008ZF

EGR VOLUME CONTROL VALVE

Refer to EM-119, "EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND TURBOCHARGER" . M

EC-809
 BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]
BRAKE SWITCH PFP:25230

Description EBS009JW

The stop lamp switch is installed to brake pedal bracket. The switch
senses brake pedal position and sends an ON-OFF signal to the
ECM. The ECM uses the signal to control the fuel injection control
system.

PBIB0379E

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS009JX

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Brake pedal fully released
D25 R/G Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal depressed (11 - 14V)

EC-810
 BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS009K0

EC

TBWA0106E

EC-811
 BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS009K1

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch "ON".
2. Select "BRAKE SW" in "DATA MONITOR" mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Check "BRAKE SW" signal under the following conditions.
Conditions BRAKE SW
Brake pedal released OFF
Brake pedal slightly depressed ON
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB0472E

2. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRUIT

1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.

PBIB0379E

3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground

with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.

PBIB0117E

3. DETECT MALFUNCTION PART

Check the following
15A fuse
Fuse block (J/B) connector M2
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-812
 BRAKE SWITCH
[YD]
4. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch "OFF".
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal D25 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring EC
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
C
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6. D
NG >> GO TO 5.

5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E

Check the following
Harness connectors F30, M63
F
Joint connector-2 M49 (LHD models)
Joint connector-3 M72 (RHD models)
Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and ECM G

>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
6. CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-813, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG I
OK >> GO TO 8.
NG >> Replace stop lamp switch.
J
7. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" . K

>> INSPECTION END

L
Component Inspection EBS009L1

STOP LAMP SWITCH

Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under
the following conditions. M

Conditions Continuity
Brake pedal fully released Should not exist.
Brake pedal depressed Should exist.

PBIB0118E

EC-813
 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[YD]
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH PFP:31918

Description EBS009K2

When the gear position is in Neutral, neutral position is ON. ECM detects the position because the continu-
ity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS009K3

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Shift lever: Neutral ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON
Except above OFF

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS009K4

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
Park/Neutral position Gear position is Neutral
E13 G/OR
switch [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except the above gear position (11 - 14V)

EC-814
 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS009K5

EC

TBWA0113E

EC-815
 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS009K6

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II.
3. Check P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Shift lever position P/N POSI SW
Neutral position ON
Except the above position OFF
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2. SEF212Y

2. CHECK PNP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect park/neutral position (PNP) switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and
body ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- PBIB0370E
nectors.

3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal E13 and PNP switch terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Dia-
gram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

Refer to MT-13, "POSITION SWITCH" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace park/neutral position switch.

EC-816
 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[YD]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

EC-817
 START SIGNAL
[YD]
START SIGNAL PFP:48750

Wiring Diagram EBS0035S

TBWA0110E

EC-818
 START SIGNAL
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS0035T

1. CHECK START SIGNAL OVERALL FUNCTION

EC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check START SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON- C
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition "START SIGNAL"
D
Ignition switch "ON" OFF
Ignition switch "START" ON
OK or NG E
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0433E F

2. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector and ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal D27 and ignition switch terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Dia-
H
gram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3. J

3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART

K
Check the following.
Harness connectors M63, F30
10A fuse L
Fuse block (J/B) connectors M1, E102
Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END

EC-819
 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[YD]
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PFP:49761

Component Description EBS003PS

The power steering oil pressure switch is attached to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load.
When a power steering load is detected, it signals the ECM. The
ECM adjusts the fuel injector pulse width to increase the idle speed
and adjust for the increased load.

PBIB0375E

CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EBS003PT

Specification data are reference values.

MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
Steering wheel is in neutral position.
Engine: After warming up, idle the OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL (Forward direction)
engine
Steering wheel is turned. ON

ECM Terminals and Reference Value EBS003PZ

Specification data are reference values, and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TER-
WIRE
MINAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Power steering oil pressure Steering wheel is being turned
E12 P/B
switch [Engine is running] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Steering wheel is not being turned (11 - 14V)

EC-820
 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[YD]
Wiring Diagram EBS003PU

EC

TBWA0115E

EC-821
 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[YD]
Diagnostic Procedure EBS003PV

1. CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION

With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check PW/ST SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CON-
SULT-II under the following conditions.
Conditions PW/ST SIGNAL
Steering in neutral position OFF
Steering is turned ON
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 2.
PBIB0434E

2. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Check harness continuity between power steering oil pressure
switch terminal 2 and engine ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
4. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or con- PBIB0375E
nectors.

3. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal E12 and power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

4. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

Refer to EC-823, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.

EC-822
 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
[YD]
5. CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
Refer to EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .

>> INSPECTION END EC

Component Inspection EBS003PW

POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH C

1. Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector and then start engine.
2. Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch ter-
minal 1 and 2 under the following conditions.
D
Conditions Continuity
Steering wheel is being fully turned. Yes
E
Steering wheel is not being turned. No

PBIB0435E

Removal and Installation EBS008ZH

G
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Refer to PS-33, "HYDRAULIC LINE" .
H

EC-823
 AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL
[YD]
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL PFP:27500

Wiring Diagram EBS0035Z

TBWA0111E

EC-824
 MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS
[YD]
MI & DATA LINK CONNECTORS PFP:24814
A
Wiring Diagram EBS00360

EC

TBWA0120E

EC-825
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[YD]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00100

General Specifications EBS00361

Engine YD22DDTi
Idle speed 725 25 rpm
Maximum engine speed 4,800 rpm

Mass Air Flow Sensor EBS00CU1

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)

Ignition switch "ON" (Engine stopped.) Approx. 1.0V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.0 - 2.5V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
2.1 - 2.7V
ture.)

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor EBS00363

Temperature C (F) Resistance k

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260

Common Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor EBS00BLQ

Supply voltage Approximately 5V

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 1.8V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
1.8 - 2.0V
ture.)

Crankshaft Position Sensor (TDC) EBS00BLS

Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 1,850 - 2,450

Camshaft Position Sensor EBS00364

Resistance [at 20C (68F)] 1,850 - 2,450

Glow Plug EBS00365

Resistance [at 25C (77F)] Approximately 0.8

EGR Volume Control Valve EBS00367

Resistance [at 25C (77F)] 13 - 17

EC-826